You are on page 1of 240

Service

Workshop Manual
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V)
Engine ID
CWV
A
Edition 09.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - Technical data
10 - Removing and installing engine
13 - Crankshaft group
15 - Cylinder head, valve gear
17 - Lubrication
19 - Cooling
24 - Mixture preparation - injection
26 - Exhaust system
28 - Ignition system

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2015 Seat S.A D4B80534291


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Contents

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Engine number, engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Security standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.1 Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.2 Safety precautions for working on vehicles with start-stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.3 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring instruments during a road test . . . . 2
2.4 Safety precautions when working on ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.5 Safety precautions when working on the cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3 Repair instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1 Rules for cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2 Foreign particles in engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.3 Contact corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.4 Routing and attaching pipes and wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.5 Installing radiators and condensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

10 - Removing and installing engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6


1 Removing and positioning the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1 Engine: dismounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Detaching engine from gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.3 Securing engine on engine and gearbox support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.4 Engine: fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2 Assembly mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.1 Assembly overview - assembly
S.A. SEAT S.Amountings . or
. .accept
. . . any
. . .liability
. . . with
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT does not guarantee .......................... 24
2.2 Supporting
respect to theengine
correctnessinof installation
information in thisposition . . . . .by. SEAT
document. Copyright . . . S.A.
............................. 29
2.3 Removing and installing engine mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.4 Removing and installing gearbox mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.5 Removing and installing pendulum support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

13 - Crankshaft group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1 Cylinder block (pulley end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.2 Removing and installing Poly-V belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
1.3 Removing and installing tensioner for poly V-belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.4 Removing and installing vibration damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.5 Removing and installing engine support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1.6 Renewing crankshaft oil seal - belt pulley end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2 Cylinder block, gearbox end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.2 Removing and installing flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.3 Removing and installing drive plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.4 Removing and installing sealing flange on gearbox side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3 Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.1 Measuring axial clearance of crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4 Pistons and conrods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1 Assembly overview - pistons and conrods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.2 Pistons: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.3 Removing and installing oil spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.4 Checking pistons and cylinder bores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4.5 Separating parts of new conrod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4.6 Checking radial clearance of conrod bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Contents i
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

15 - Cylinder head, valve gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77


1 Cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.3 Removing and installing cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
1.4 Removing and installing camshaft housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
1.5 Test compression pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2 Toothed belt system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.3 Checking distribution timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.4 Detaching toothed belt from camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.5 Removing and installing toothed belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3 Valve control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.1 Exploded view - valve gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.2 Measuring axial play of camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
3.3 Removing and installing camshaft oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.4 Removing and installing camshaft adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.5 Removing and installing camshaft control valve 1 N205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.6 Removing and installing valve stem seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
4 Inlet and exhaust valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.1 Valve guides: verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.2 Valves: checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.3 Valve dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

17 - Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
1 Sump/oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
1.2 Removing and installing sump (bottom section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
1.3 Oil pump: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
1.4 Removing and installing sump (top section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1.5 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
2 Engine oil radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.1 Assembly overview - engine oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.2 Removing and installing engine oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3 For engine block ventilation heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.1 Assembly overview - crankcase breather system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.2 Removing and installing the oil separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
4 Oil filter, oil pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.1 Exploded view - oil filter/oil pressure switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.2 Removing and installing oil pressure switch F1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.3 Testing oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
4.4 Removing and installing oil filter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

19 - Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
1 Cooling system/coolant
permitted unless . . SEAT
authorised by SEAT S.A. . . . .S.A
. .does
. . .not. guarantee
. . . . . .or. accept
. . . .any
. .liability
. . . .with
....................... 160
1.1 Diagram - coolant hose connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1.2 Draining off and filling coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


1.3 Check the cooling system for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2 Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.2 Exploded view - coolant temperature senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.3 Removing and installing coolant pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
2.4 Removing and installing toothed belt pulley for coolant pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

ii Contents
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2.5 Removing and installing thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177


2.6 Removing and installing coolant temperature sender G62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.7 Removing and installing radiator outlet coolant temperature sender G83 . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3 Coolant pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.1 Exploded view - coolant pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.2 Coolant pipes: removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4 Coolers, radiator, radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
4.1 Assembly overview - radiator/radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
4.2 Exploded view - radiator cowl and radiator fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
4.3 Removing and installing radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
4.4 Removing and installing radiator cowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
4.5 Removing and installing radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

24 - Mixture preparation - injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192


1 Injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1 Fitting location overview - injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.2 Assembly overview - fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
2.2 Removing and installing air filter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3 Intake manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
3.2 Remove and install the inlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3.3 Removing and installing throttle valve module GX3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.4 Throttle valve module GX3 : clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4 Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4.2 Removing and installing fuel rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4.3 Removing and installing injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
4.4 Checking injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
4.5 Cleaning injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
5 Senders and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
5.1 Remove and install intake manifold sender GX9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
6 Lambda probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
6.1 Assembly overview - Lambda probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
6.2 Removing and installing lambda probe 1 before catalytic converter GX10 / lambda probe 1
after catalytic converter GX7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
7 Engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
7.1 Removing and installing engine control unit J623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
216
7.2 Removing and installing engine
respect control unit
to the correctness J623 inwith
of information protective
this document. housing
Copyright ............
by SEAT S.A. 217

26 - Exhaust system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219


1 Exhaust pipes/silencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.1 Assembly overview - silencers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.2 Removing and installing silencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
1.3 Disconnecting exhaust pipes/silencers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
1.4 Stress-free alignment of exhaust system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
1.5 Inspecting the exhaust system for leak tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2 Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
2.1 Exploded view - emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
2.2 Removing and installing catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

28 - Ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228


1 Ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Contents iii
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228


1.2 Spark plug test data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
1.3 Ignition coils with output stage: removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
1.4 Removing and installing knock sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
1.5 Removing and installing Hall sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
1.6 Removing and installing engine speed sender G28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

iv Contents
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

00 – Technical data
1 Identification
(ERL002846; Edition 09.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Engine number, engine data”, page 1

1.1 Engine number, engine data


The engine code and the engine number can be found on the
sticker -arrow- on the upper toothed belt guard.
The engine code is also on the vehicle data plate and on engine
block above the gearbox.
The engine number consists of up to nine characters (alphanu‐
meric). The first part (3 identification
Protected letters
by copyright. Copying max.)
for private makespurposes,
or commercial up thein part or in whole, is not
“engine code”; and therespect
second part (6 characters) the “serial
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
number”. If more than 999,999 engines were produced with the
same code letters, the first of the six digits is replaced by a letter.
Vehicles with four digit engine codes
Starting with the letter “C”, new four digit engine codes have been
introduced. The first 3 digits denote the mechanical design of the
engine and are stamped on the engine as before. The fourth po‐
sition digit describes the engine power and torque and depends
on the engine control unit - J623- . The four-digit engine codes
are given on the model plate, the vehicle data plate and the engine
control unit.

Note

Position of the vehicle data sheet ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet KG1 ;


vehicle data sheet

Engine identification characters CWVA


Emission standards EU5
Capacity cm3 1598
Output kW at 1/min 81/5800
Torque Nm/min 155/3800
Bore: ∅ in mm 76,5
Stroke mm 86,9
Compression: 10,5
Cylinder / valves per cylinder 4/4
RON at least 95 lead-free1)
Ignition system, fuel injection Bosch ME 17
Order of starting 1-3-4-2
1)In exceptional circumstances, fuel with not less than 91 RON
can also be used, but this will cause a loss of power.

1. Identification 1
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Security standards
⇒ “2.1 Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system”,
page 2
⇒ “2.2 Safety precautions for working on vehicles with start-stop
system”, page 2
⇒ “2.3 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring in‐
struments during a road test”, page 2
⇒ “2.4 Safety precautions when working on ignition system”, page
3
⇒ “2.5 Safety precautions when working on the cooling system”,
page 3

2.1 Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system


Risk of injury due to highly-pressurised fuel.
The fuel system is under high pressure. Risk of injury caused by
fuel spillage
– High fuel pressure must be reduced before opening the fuel
system.

Risk of fire due to escaping fuel


If the battery is connected, the door contact switch will activate
the fuel pump when the door is opened. Escaping fuel may ignite
and cause a fire.
– Disconnect the fuel pump from the power supply before open‐
ing the fuel system.

2.2 Safety precautions for working on vehicles with start-stop system


Risk of injury due to unexpected engine start-up
In the case of vehicles with activated Start/Stop system, the en‐
gine may start up unexpectedly. The status of the Start/Stop
system is indicated by a message in the dash panel insert.
– Deactivate Start/Stop system by switching off the ignition.

2.3 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring instruments during
a road test
Risk of injury due to unsecured test and measuring equipment
If a front passenger airbag is triggered during an accident, unse‐
cured test and measuring equipment can become dangerous
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
projectiles. permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Secure test and measuring equipment with seat belts on the
rear seat.
or

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Have a second person operate test and measuring equipment


on the rear seat.

2.4 Safety precautions when working on ignition system


Risk of injury due to electric shock
The ignition system is under high-voltage when the engine is run‐
ning. Touching the ignition system may result in an electric shock.
– Do not touch or disconnect ignition cables when the engine is
running or being turned at starter speed.

Risk of damage to components


If the engine is washed while running and if electric cables are
connected or disconnected, components may become damaged.
– Switch off the ignition before connecting or disconnecting elec‐
tric cables.
– Also, switch off the ignition before washing the engine.

2.5 Safety precautions when working on the cooling system


Risk of scalding due to hot coolant
The cooling system is under pressure when the engine is hot. Hot
steam/hot coolant can escape - risk of scalding.
– Wear protection gloves.
– Use protective goggles.
– Reduce pressure: Place a cloth over the cover cap of the cool‐
ant expansion tank and open carefully.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Security standards 3
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 Repair instructions
⇒ “3.1 Rules for cleanliness”, page 4
⇒ “3.2 Foreign particles in engine”, page 4
⇒ “3.3 Contact corrosion”, page 4
⇒ “3.4 Routing and attaching pipes and wiring”, page 4
⇒ “3.5 Installing radiators and condensers”, page 5

3.1 Rules for cleanliness


When working on the fuel supply and injection system, pay careful
attention to the following “7 rules” for cleanliness:
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and surrounding areas before dis‐
connecting.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-
free cloths.
♦ If repairs cannot be carried out immediately, carefully cover or
seal open components.
♦ Only fit clean parts: Only remove replacement parts from
packaging immediately before assembly. Do not use parts that
have been stored loose (e.g. in toolboxes etc.).
♦ When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air.
Do not move vehicle.
♦ Make sure that no fuel runs onto the fuel hoses. Should this
occur, the fuel hoses must be cleaned again immediately.
♦ Protect unplugged electrical connectors against dirt and mois‐
ture and make sure connections are dry when attaching.

3.2 Foreign particles in engine


When performing assembly work on the engine, all open passag‐
es in the intake and exhaust systems must be sealed with suitable
plugs (e.g. from engine bung set - VAS 6122- ) to prevent foreign
particles from entering the engine.

3.3 Contact corrosion


Contact corrosion can be caused by the use of unsuitable fas‐
tening elements (bolts, nuts, washers,...).
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are
fitted.
Rubber or plastic parts and adhesives also consist of non-con‐
ductive materials. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Always install new parts if you are not sure whether used parts
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

can be re-fitted ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .

3.4 Routing and attaching pipes and wiring


♦ In order to rule out mix-ups and ensure that lines/wires/cables/
hoses/pipe are all installed in their original position, the lines
for the fuel, hydraulic and vacuum systems and for the acti‐
vated carbon filter as well as electrical wires/cables must be
marked appropriately before they are removed. Make sketch‐
es or take photographs if necessary.
♦ Because of the lack of space in the engine compartment, make
sure that there is sufficient clearance between lines and all
moving or hot components. This is to avoid damage to lines.

4 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3.5 Installing radiators and condensers


Even when the radiator, condenser and charge air cooler are cor‐
rectly installed, slight impressions may be visible on the fins of
these components. This does not mean that the components are
damaged. If the fins are only very slightly distorted, this does not
justify renewal of the radiator, charge air cooler or condenser.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3. Repair instructions 5
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

10 – Removing and installing engine


1 Removing and positioning the engine
⇒ “1.1 Engine: dismounting”, page 6
⇒ “1.2 Detaching engine from gearbox”, page 14
⇒ “1.3 Securing engine on engine and gearbox support”,
page 19
⇒ “1.4 Engine: fitting”, page 20

1.1 Engine: dismounting

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Pressing-off lever - 80 -
200-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -
V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Engine support. - T10497-
♦ Drip tray for workshop hoist
- VAS 6208-
♦ Hose clip pliers - VAS
6362-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Commercially available stepladder


♦ Protective glasses
♦ Protective gloves

6 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Operation process

Note

♦ The engine is removed from underneath together with the


gearbox.
♦ Fit cable ties in the same place when installing.

– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .


– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
Vehicles with automatic gearbox
– Remove gearbox control unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 37 ; Electrical/elec‐
tronic components and their installation locations .
– Remove battery with tray ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Removing and installing battery and ⇒ Electrical sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery
tray .
Vehicles with manual gearboxes
– Pull vacuum line -1- off brake servo -2-.

– If fitted, release and disconnect connector on vacuum sender


on vacuum line.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove air filter ⇒ page 198 .

– Carefully loosen wiring harness at its fastening points


-arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 7


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release connector -arrow-, pull off and unclip from bracket.


– Release connector from engine control unit and pull off
⇒ page 216 .
– Place wiring harness on engine.
– Remove front wheels ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 44 ; Wheels and tyres; Removing and installing wheels .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – Assembly
overview:
– Remove right and left drive shafts ⇒ Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing drive shafts; Removing and
installing drive shafts or ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 40 ; Repairing drive shafts; Removing and installing drive
shafts with a "tripod joint" .
– Remove radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162

Note

Do not reuse coolant which has been drained off.

Vehicles with air conditioning compressor:


– Detach poly V-belt ⇒ page 42
– Disconnect electrical connector -1- to air conditioning com‐
pressor regulating valve - N280- .

WARNING

Risk of injury due to refrigerant.


♦ The air conditioning refrigerant circuit must not be opened.

– Remove bolts -arrows-


authorisedfor air conditioner compressor.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Caution

Make sure that air conditioner compressor and refrigerant


pipes and hoses are not damaged.
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Detach air conditioner compressor with refrigerant lines still


connected and tie up to right side.
Continued for all vehicles

8 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen clamp -arrow- and push to rear.

– Detach exhaust hangers -3- in -direction of arrow- from sub‐


frame -2-.
– Lower exhaust system -1- until it rests on subframe -2-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Screw out bolt -2-.


– Remove screw-type clip -1-.
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and tie up catalytic converter -3-.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove bracket -1-.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 9


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Open spring-type clip -arrow- and pull off coolant hose down‐
wards.

– Open spring-type clips -arrows-.


– Pull coolant hose -1- off radiator -2-.

– Release retaining clips -arrows-.


– Pull coolant hoses -1- off heat exchanger for heater unit.

– Release and Protected


pull offbyconnector -2- on starter -1-.
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Pull off protective cap -3-.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Unscrew nut -arrow- and remove line from starter -1-.

10 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release and pull off connector -2-.


– Unclip connectors -2- from bracket -1-.
– Unclip wires -3- and -4- from bracket -1-.
– Unscrew nut -arrows-.
– Remove bracket -1- from gearbox.

– Release and pull off connector -3- on alternator -2-.


– Remove nut -4-.
– Remove wire -1- from alternator -2-.
– Lay wiring harness -1- on coolant hose to one side.

– Lay lower wiring harness on intake manifold to one side.


– Use removal lever - 80 - 200- to do this.

– Release retaining tab -arrow-, and pull off hose connection


-1- for vacuum hose -2-.
Vehicles with manual gearboxes

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 11


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release and pull off connector -1- on gearbox.


– If fitted, release and pull off connector -2-.
– Remove the shift actuation system mechanism⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ;
Shift actuation mechanism; Removing and installing shift ac‐
tuation mechanism .
– Remove the clutch slave cylinder ⇒ Rep. gr. 30 ; Clutch
mechanism; Removing and installing clutch slave cylinder .

Vehicles with automatic gearbox


– Detach selector lever cable from the gearbox⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ;
Selector mechanism; Removing and installing selector mech‐
anism .
– Release connector -4- and unplug.
– Move electrical wiring clear at bracket -2-.

– Pull off vacuum line -2- on vacuum pump for brakes - V192-
-1- in -direction of arrow-.
– Lay vacuum line -1- to one side.

Continued for all vehicles


– Release push-fit connector -2- and pull off.
– Remove securing bolts -3-.
– Place coolant expansion tank -1- on engine.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

12 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Disconnect fuel supply line -1- and the line to solenoid valve
1 for active carbon filter - N80- -2-. Disconnect quick-release
couplings ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 ; Opening quick-release couplings .

– Unscrew earth connection -1-.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows- on engine mounting approx. 2 turns.

– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows- on gearbox mounting by ap‐


prox. 2 turns.
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ page 35 .
– Apply clamping piece T10497/2 at housing rib on cylinder
block, as shown in illustration.

– Position engine support T10497 with pin T10497/1 on cylinder


block.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Screw in bolt -1- through hole “B” in engine support T10497
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

and tighten it to 20 Nm.


respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 13


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit adapter - T10497/3- to engine support - T10497- and tight‐


en bolt -1- to 20 Nm.
– Insert engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- in engine
bracket T10497 and raise engine/gearbox assembly slightly.

Note

To unscrew bolts for assembly mounting use commercially avail‐


able stepladder.

– Completely unscrew bolts -arrows- for engine mounting.

– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows- from gearbox mounting.

Caution

Danger of damage to vacuum lines or electrical wiring and to


engine compartment.
♦ Check that all vacuum lines and electrical wiring between
engine, gearbox, subframe and body have been detach‐
ed.
♦ Carefully guide out engine/gearbox assembly with sub‐
frame from engine compartment when lowering.

– First lower engine/gearbox assembly slightly.


– Then push gearbox end of engine/gearbox assembly forwards
and only then lower further.

1.2 Detaching engine from gearbox


⇒ “1.2.1 Separating engine and gearbox,
Protected vehicles
by copyright. Copying forwith manual
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
gearbox”, page 14 permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
⇒ “1.2.2 Separating engine and gearbox, vehicles with automatic
gearbox”, page 16

1.2.1 Separating engine and gearbox, vehi‐


cles with manual gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required

14 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Shackle - 10 - 222 A /12-

♦ Hook - 10 - 222 A /2-

♦ Workshop crane - VAS 6100-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Operation process
• Engine/gearbox assembly removed and attached to engine
support T10497 .
– Remove starter ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter;
Removing and installing starter .

1. Removing and positioning the engine 15


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Bolt shackle - 10 - 222 A /12- to gearbox.


– Attach hook - 10 - 222 A /2- to workshop hoist - VAS 6100- .
– Attach hook - 10 - 222 A /2- to shackle - 10 - 222 A /12- .

– Remove bolts -1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9- securing gearbox to engine.


– Pull gearbox off engine. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1.2.2 Separating engine and gearbox, vehi‐


cles with automatic gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Shackle - 10 - 222 A /12-

16 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Hook - 10 - 222 A /2-

♦ Workshop crane - VAS 6100-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Hose clamps - 3094- and -3093-


• Engine/gearbox assembly removed and attached to engine
support T10497 .
– Remove starter ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter;
Removing and installing starter .
– Open clamps for coolant hoses on gear oil cooler, and pull off
coolant hoses.
– Unscrew upper bolts -arrows- securing gearbox to engine us‐
ing e.g. 12-point hexagon flex head socket -A-.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 17


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Using insert - V/175- , remove the 3 torque converter nuts


through opening -arrow- in gearbox.
– To do this, turn engine in direction of engine rotation using
wrench - T03003- .

– Bolt shackle - 10 - 222 A /12- to gearbox.


– Attach hook - 10 - 222 A /2- to workshop hoist - VAS 6100- .
– Attach hook - 10 - 222 A /2- to shackle - 10 - 222 A /12- .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Unscrew remaining bolts from gearbox/engine connection ⇒


Rep. gr. 37 ; Removing and installing gearbox; Tightening
torques: .

18 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Press gearbox off engine while simultaneously pressing tor‐


que converter out of drive plate of engine.

– Secure the torque converter against falling out.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1.3 Securing engine on engine and gearbox


support
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Engine and gearbox support - VAS 6095-

1. Removing and positioning the engine 19


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Workshop crane - VAS 6100-

Operation process
• Gearbox detached from engine ⇒ page 14 .
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Attach lifting tackle - 2024 A- to engine and workshop hoist -
VAS 6100- as shown in illustration.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

To adjust to the centre of gravity of the assembly, the perforated


rails must be positioned as shown.

WARNING

Accident risk from loose components of lifting tackle.


♦ The support hooks and retaining pins on the lifting tackle
must be secured with locking pins -arrows-.

– Lift engine off T10497 using workshop hoist - VAS 6100- .

– Secure engine with pins -arrows- on engine and gearbox sup‐


port - VAS 6095- as shown in illustration.

1.4 Engine: fitting


Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
• Attach engine/gearbox assembly to engine support T10497 .

20 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew self-locking nuts and bolts as well as seals, gaskets
and O-rings.
♦ Secure all hose connections with the correct type of hose clips
(same as original equipment) ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
♦ Fit cable ties in the same place when installing.

When the gearbox has been separated from the engine:


– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
Installing gearbox to engine, vehicles with manual gearbox
– Install intermediate plate ⇒ page 54 .
– If there are no dowel sleeves -A- in cylinder block for centring
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
engine and gearbox, insert new ones ⇒permitted
Item unless
5 (page 53)by. SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
authorised
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Bolt gearbox to engine, items -1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9- ⇒ Rep. gr.
34 ; Removing and installing gearbox; Tightening torques for
gearbox .

1. Removing and positioning the engine 21


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Installing gearbox to engine, vehicles with automatic gearbox


– Install intermediate plate ⇒ page 54 .
– If not already fitted, install dowel sleeves -A- for centring en‐
gine and gearbox in cylinder block.
– Bolt gearbox to engine, items -1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8- ⇒ Rep. gr. 37 ;
Removing and installing gearbox .
– Install starter ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter; Re‐
moving and installing starter .
Installing engine/gearbox assembly in vehicle:
– Take up engine/gearbox assembly with engine support
T10497 .
– Guide engine/gearbox assembly into body.
– Install engine mountings ⇒ page 32 .
– Install gearbox mountings ⇒ page 34 .
– Detach engine support T10497 from engine.
– Install pendulum support ⇒ page 35 .
Vehicles with manual gearboxes Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

– Install clutch slave cylinder ⇒ Rep. gr. 30 ; Clutch mechanism;


respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Removing and installing clutch slave cylinder .


– Install cables with cable support brackets ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ;
Selector mechanism; Assembly overview – Selector mecha‐
nism .
Continued for all vehicles
– Install air conditioning compressor ⇒ Heating and fresh air
system, air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Components of
the air conditioning system – Engine compartment; Removing
and installing compressor .
– Fit the poly V-belt ⇒ page 42 .
– Connect wires to engine control unit - J623- ⇒ page 216 .
– Connect electrical wires of the alternator ⇒ Electrical system:
General notes; Rep. gr. 27 ; Checking and repairing alterna‐
tor .
– Observe electrical connections and routing of the electrical
wires ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 97 ; Fuse holder and relay
carrier and ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations.
– Install catalytic converter ⇒ page 225 .
– Install drive shafts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr.
40 ; Repairing drive shafts; Removing and installing drive
shafts or ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Re‐
pairing drive shafts; Removing and installing drive shafts with
a "tripod joint" .
– Install coolant expansion tank ⇒ page 186 .
– Install radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .
– Install air cleaner housing ⇒ page 198 .
Vehicles with automatic gearbox
– Install gearbox control unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 37 ; Electrical/electronic
components and their installation locations .

22 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Continued for all vehicles


– Install battery with tray ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Bat‐
tery; Removing and installing battery tray and ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery .
– Install noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – Assembly overview:
– Install front wheels ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr.
44 ; Wheels and tyres; Removing and installing wheels .
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 163 .
Tightening torques

Note

♦ Tightening torques apply only for lightly greased, oiled, phos‐


phatised or blackened nuts and screws.
♦ Additional lubricants such as engine or gear oil may be used,
but do not use lubricants containing graphite.
♦ Use is never to be made of degreased parts.

♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24


♦ Securing gearbox on engine ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and
installing gearbox; Specified torques for gearbox .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Removing and positioning the engine 23


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Assembly mountings
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24
⇒ “2.2 Supporting engine in installation position”, page 29
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing engine mountings”, page 32
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing gearbox mounting”, page 34
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing pendulum support”, page 35

2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mount‐


ings
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings, manual gear‐
box”, page 24
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - assembly mountings, automatic
gearbox”, page 26

2.1.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings, manual gearbox

1 - Engine support
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 45
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 26 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Specified torques and
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
installation sequence
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
⇒ page 26 . respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3 - Engine mounting
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 32
❑ Aligning engine mount‐
ing ⇒ page 26 .
4 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
❑ 4x
5 - Nut

WARNING
The securing nut must
not be loosened.

6 - Centre hex stud


❑ With mounting for earth
wire.
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 30 Nm + 90°

24 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

7 - Bolt
❑ 2x
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 30 Nm + 90°
8 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 40 Nm + 90°
❑ Tightening sequence ⇒ page 26
9 - Gearbox mounting
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 34
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 26 .
10 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 50 Nm + 90°
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 26 .
11 - Bolt
❑ byMust
Protected beCopying
copyright. renewed if removed
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ 50 Nm + 90° of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness
❑ 2x
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 26 .
12 - Pendulum support
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 35
13 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 40 Nm + 90°
14 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 30 Nm + 90°
❑ 3 pieces
15 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 50 Nm + 90°

2. Assembly mountings 25
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Aligning engine mounting


– Fit engine mounting on longitudinal member.

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

• The positioning holes -arrows- must be in line; check with ap‐


propriate drill if necessary.

Engine support - tightening torque and sequence

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1 … 3- 7 Nm
2. -1 … 3- 40 Nm
3. -1 … 3- turn 90°byfurther
Protected copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

Ite Procedure Tightening torque


m
B Screw in bolts by hand be‐ hand-tight
an fore tightening them.
dC
B Tighten bolts. 50 Nm + 90°
C Tighten bolt. 50 Nm + 90°
A Screw in bolts by hand be‐ hand-tight
fore tightening them.
A Bolts 40 Nm + 90°

2.1.2 Assembly overview - assembly mountings, automatic gearbox

26 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Engine support
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 45
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 28 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 28 .
3 - Engine mounting
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 32
❑ Aligning engine mount‐
ing ⇒ page 28 .
4 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
❑ 4x
5 - Nut

WARNING
The securing nut must
not be loosened.

6 - Centre hex stud


❑ With mounting for earth
wire.
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 30 Nm + 90°
7 - Bolt
❑ 2x
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ copyright.
Protected by 30 Nm + 90°
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
8 - Bolt
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ Must be renewed if removed


❑ 40 Nm + 90°
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 29 .
9 - Gearbox mounting
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 34
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 29 .
10 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 50 Nm + 90°
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 29 .
11 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed

2. Assembly mountings 27
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

❑ 50 Nm + 90°
❑ 2x
❑ Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting ⇒ page 29 .
12 - Pendulum support
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 35
13 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 40 Nm + 90°
14 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 30 Nm + 90°
❑ 2x
15 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 50 Nm + 90°

Aligning engine mounting


– Fit engine mounting on longitudinal member.

Caution
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts
permitted unless at anbyangle.
authorised SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

• The positioning holes -arrows- must be in line; check with ap‐


propriate drill if necessary.

Engine support - tightening torque and sequence

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1 … 3- 7 Nm
2. -1 … 3- 40 Nm
3. -1 … 3- turn 90° further

28 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Tightening sequence - gearbox mounting

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

Ite Procedure Tightening torque


m
B Screw in bolts by hand be‐ hand-tight
an fore tightening them.
dC
B Tighten bolts. 50 Nm + 90°
C Tighten bolt. 50 Nm + 90°
A Screw in bolts by hand be‐ hand-tight
fore tightening them.
A Bolts 40 Nm + 90°

2.2 Supporting engine in installation posi‐


tion
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Support tool - 10 - 222 A-

♦ Adapter - 10 - 222 A /8-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Assembly mountings 29
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Adapter - 10 - 222 A /32-

♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-

To prevent damage to edges of wings, cover lower areas of both


adapters - 10 - 222 A /8- with woven adhesive tape -arrow- ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalogue (ETKA) .
Operation process
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Observe safety
permitted unless instructions ⇒S.A.
authorised by SEAT pageSEAT2S.A
. does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Observe rules for cleanliness
⇒ “3.1 Rules for cleanliness”, page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ “3 Repair instructions”, page 4 .
– Remove the air filter housing
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing air filter housing”, page 198
– Remove battery and battery tray ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery and ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery
tray .

30 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove seals from upper edge of wing.


– Slide adapter - 10 - 222 A /32- onto engine support bracket -
10 - 222 A- as shown in illustration. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Mount adapter - 10 - 222 A /8- on enginerespect
support bracket - 10
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

- 222 A- .
– Lift up plenum chamber cover at sides.
– Position engine support bracket - 10 - 222 A- on left and right
onto longitudinal members as shown in illustration.

Caution

Do not position engine support bracket - 10 - 222 A- on edges


of wings.

– Fit adapter - 10 - 222 A /8- behind the hole -arrow- and align
it.
– Mount adapter - 10 - 222 A /32- to mountings on engine as
shown in illustration.

2. Assembly mountings 31
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Secure engine support bracket - 10 - 222 A- using tensioning


straps - T10038- on both sides of bonnet hinges.
– Take up weight of engine/gearbox assembly slightly with spin‐
dle; do not lift.

2.3 Removing and installing engine mount‐


ings
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1332-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Removing permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .

32 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Vehicles with automatic gearbox


– Pull off vacuum line -2- on vacuum pump for brakes - V192-
-1- in -direction of arrow-.
– Lay vacuum line -1- to one side.

Continued for all vehicles


– Release push-fit connector -2- and pull off.
– Remove securing bolts -3-.
– Place coolant expansion tank -1- on engine.
– Support engine in installation position
⇒ “2.2 Supporting engine in installation position”, page 29 .
– Take up weight of engine/gearbox assembly slightly with spin‐
dle; do not lift.

– Remove nut -3-.


– Remove earth wire.

WARNING

The securing nut -4- must not be loosened.

– Unscrew bolts -2- between engine mounting and engine.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove engine mounting.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Assembly mountings 33
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Place assembly mounting on longitudinal member.


• The positioning holes -arrows- must be in line; check with ap‐
propriate drill if necessary.

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.


♦ Only remove support bracket - 10 - 222 A- when bolts on
assembly mounting have been tightened to specified tor‐
que.

– Detach support bracket - 10 - 222 A- from engine.


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

2.4 Removing and installing gearbox


mounting
Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Remove battery and battery tray ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery and ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery
tray .
– Bracing the engine in its installation position
⇒ “2.2 Supporting engine in installation position”, page 29 .
– Take up weight of engine/gearbox assembly slightly with spin‐
dle; do not lift.
– Carefully loosen wiring harness at its fastening points
-arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

34 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows- from gearbox mounting.


Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Caution

Risk of damage to threads by starting bolts at an angle.

– Detach support bracket - 10 - 222 A- from engine.


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24
♦ Tightening sequence for gearbox mounting ⇒ page 26 .
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198
♦ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery - Assembly
overview

2.5 Removing and installing pendulum sup‐


port
⇒ “2.5.1 Removing and installing pendulum support, manual
gearbox”, page 35
⇒ “2.5.2 Removing and installing pendulum support, automatic
gearbox”, page 36

2.5.1 Removing and installing pendulum sup‐


port, manual gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1332-


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Assembly mountings 35
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – Assembly
overview: .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for pendulum support -1-.

WARNING

Bolt -3- must not be loosened.

– Pull pendulum support


permitted -1- out of assembly carrier -2-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ There are threaded inserts, e.g. “Heli coil”, in the bolting holes
for the pendulum support.
♦ ID: bead threaded on the first rotation -Arrow-.

Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24

2.5.2 Removing and installing pendulum sup‐


port, automatic gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1331-

36 Rep. gr.10 - Removing and installing engine


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise
Protected insulation
by copyright. Copying–for
Assembly
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
overview: . permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Unscrew pendulum support bolt -arrow-.

WARNING

Bolt -1- must not be loosened.

– Pull pendulum support -1- out of assembly carrier -2-.


Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ There are threaded inserts, e.g. “Heli coil”, in the bolting holes
for the pendulum support.
♦ ID: bead threaded on the first rotation -Arrow-.

Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24

2. Assembly mountings 37
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

13 – Crankshaft group
1 Cylinder block (pulley end)
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing Poly-V belt”, page 42
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing tensioner for poly V-belt”,
page 44
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing vibration damper”, page 44
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing engine support”, page 45
⇒ “1.6 Renewing crankshaft oil seal - belt pulley end”,
page 48

1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive


⇒ “1.1.1 Poly V-belt drive, vehicles without air conditioner com‐
pressor: assembly overview”, page 38
⇒ “1.1.2 Poly V-belt drive, vehicles with air conditioner compres‐
sor: assembly overview”, page 40

1.1.1 Poly V-belt drive, vehicles without air conditioner compressor: assembly
overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

38 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Use counterhold tool -
T10475- when loosen‐
ing and tightening
❑ 150 Nm + turn +180°
further

Caution
Risk of damage to en‐
gine.
To
♦ avoid disturbing valve
timing, do not turn crank‐
shaft when bolt is re‐
moved.

2 - Vibration damper
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 44

Caution
Risk of damage to en‐
gine.
To
♦ avoid disturbing valve
timing, do not turn crank‐
shaft out of “TDC” posi‐
tion when vibration
damper is removed.

3 - Poly-V belt
❑ Check for wear
❑ Do not kink. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ The length of the poly V- respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
belt must be determined
according to the ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue depending on the version of overrunning alternator pulley.
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 42
❑ When installing, make sure it is properly seated on pulleys.
4 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Alternator; Removing and installing alternator
5 - Alternator
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Alternator; Removing and installing alternator
❑ With coasting function
❑ Various versions of the overrunning alternator pulley, -A- or -B-, may be fitted depending on the type and
version of alternator ⇒ page 40 .

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 39


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Allocation of the overrunning alternator pulley


The length of the poly V-belt must be allocated depending on the
design of the overrunning alternator pulley in accordance with the
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .

1.1.2 Poly V-belt drive, vehicles with air conditioner compressor: assembly over‐
view

1 - Poly-V belt
❑ Check for wear
❑ Before removing, mark
direction of rotation with
chalk or felt-tipped pen
❑ Do not kink.
❑ The length of the poly V-
belt must be determined
according to the ⇒ Elec‐
tronic Parts Catalogue
depending on the ver‐
sion of overrunning al‐
ternator pulley.
❑ Routing of poly V-belt
⇒ page 44
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 43
❑ When
Protected installing,
by copyright. Copyingmake
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
sure
permitted itauthorised
unless is properly seated
by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
on pulleys.
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2 - Bolt

Caution
Risk of damage to en‐
gine.
To
♦ avoid disturbing valve
timing, do not turn crank‐
shaft when bolt is re‐
moved.

❑ Tightening torque
⇒ Item 1 (page 39)
3 - Vibration damper
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 44

40 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Caution
Risk of damage to en‐
gine.
To
♦ avoid disturbing valve
timing, do not turn crank‐
shaft out of “TDC” posi‐
tion when pulley is re‐
moved.

4 - Tensioner for poly V-belt


❑ Pivot with socket to slacken poly V-belt
❑ Lock in position with locking pin - T10060 A- .
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 44
5 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 20 Nm + turn +90° further
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Alternator; Removing and installing alternator
7 - Alternator
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Alternator; Removing and installing alternator
❑ With coasting function
❑ Various versions of the overrunning alternator pulley, -A- or -B-, may be fitted depending on the type and
version of alternator ⇒ page 41 .
8 - Dowel sleeve
❑ For air conditioner compressor
9 - Air conditioning compressor
❑ Do not unscrew or disconnect refrigerant hoses or pipes.
❑ Remove and install ⇒ Heating and fresh air system, air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Components
of the air conditioning system – Engine compartment; Removing and installing compressor
10 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torque ⇒ Heating and fresh air system, air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Components
of the air conditioning system – Engine compartment; Removing and installing compressor
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Allocation of the overrunning alternator pulley
The length of the poly V-belt must be allocated depending on the
design of the overrunning alternator pulley in accordance with the
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 41


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.2 Removing and installing Poly-V belt


⇒ “1.2.1 Poly-V belt: Removing and installing, vehicles without air
conditioner compressor”, page 42
⇒ “1.2.2 Poly-V belt: Removing and installing, vehicles with air
conditioner compressor”, page 43

1.2.1 Poly-V belt: Removing and installing,


vehicles without air conditioner com‐
pressor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Poly V-belt repair kit with assembly tools ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue (ETKA)

Note

The poly V-belt repair kit with assembly tool contains the assem‐
bly tool -T10367/2- and instructions.

Removing
– Cut through poly V-belt.
Installation
Various versions of the overrunning alternator pulley, -A- or -B-,
may be fitted depending on the type and version of alternator.
The length of the poly V-belt must be allocated depending on the
design of the overrunning alternator pulley in accordance with the
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .
Proceed as described in the instructions provided with the repair
kit.

Poly-V belt routing


1 - Vibration damper / crankshaft
2 - Poly-V belt
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
3 - Pulley/alternator
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

42 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.2.2 Poly-V belt: Removing and installing,


vehicles with air conditioner compressor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Locking pin - T10060 A-

Removing
– Before removing, mark direction of rotation of poly V-belt with
chalk or felt-tip pen for re-installation.
– To slacken poly V-belt, turn tensioner in anti-clockwise direc‐
tion -arrow-.
– Lock tensioner with locking pin - T10060 A- .
– Remove poly V-belt.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Various versions of the overrunning alternator pulley, -A- or -B-,


may be fitted depending on the type and version of alternator.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 43


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

The length of the poly V-belt must be allocated depending on the


design of the overrunning alternator pulley in accordance with the
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:
– Fit poly V-belt as shown in illustration.
1- Vibration damper
2- Tensioner for poly V-belt
3- Alternator
4- Air conditioning compressor

– Turn tensioner anti-clockwise -direction of arrow- and remove


locking pin - T10060 A- .
– Release tensioner.
– Check that poly V-belt is properly seated.
– Start engine and check that poly V-belt runs properly.

1.3 Removing and installing tensioner for


poly V-belt
⇒ “1.3.1 Clamping fixture for V-belt: removing and installing, ve‐
hicles with air conditioner compressor”, page 44

1.3.1 Clamping fixture for V-belt: removing


and installing, vehicles with air condi‐
tioner compressor
Removing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Detach poly V-belt from tensioner respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

⇒ “1.2.2 Poly-V belt: Removing and installing, vehicles with air


conditioner compressor”, page 43 .
– Remove bolts -arrows- and detach poly V-belt tensioner -1-.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:
– Fit the poly V-belt ⇒ page 43 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Poly V-belt drive, vehicles with air conditioner com‐
pressor: assembly overview”, page 40

1.4 Removing and installing vibration damp‐


er
Special tools and workshop equipment required

44 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Counterhold tool - T10475-

Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ page 42 .
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for vibration damper using counterhold
tool - T10475- .
– Remove
Protected bolt
by copyright. andfortake
Copying privateoff vibration
or commercial damper.
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Caution

Risk of damage to engine.


♦ To avoid disturbing valve timing, do not turn the crankshaft
when the vibration damper has been removed.

Installation

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ All contact surfaces between bolt, vibration damper and crank‐
shaft toothed belt pulley must be free of oil and grease.

– Fit vibration damper, oil threads of bolt for vibration damper


and screw it in to stop by hand.
– Tighten bolt -arrow- for vibration damper using counterhold
tool - T10475- .
Remaining installation sequence carried out in reverse sequence;
note the following:
– Fit the poly V-belt ⇒ page 42 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38

1.5 Removing and installing engine support


Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 45


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Support tool - 10 - 222 A-

♦ Shackle - 10 - 222 A /12-


♦ Adapter - 10 - 222 A /18-
♦ Adapter - 10 - 222 A /29-
♦ Adapter - T40091/1-
♦ Adapter - T40091/3-
♦ Adapter - T40093/3-
♦ Adapter - T40093/3-6-
Removing
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
Disconnecting and reconnecting battery .
– Remove battery and battery tray ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery and ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Removing and installing battery
tray .
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 . respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

– Remove tensioner for poly V-belt


⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing tensioner for poly V-belt”, page
44
– Move clear hoses at bracket -3-.
– Screw out bolt -2-.
– Release clips -arrows- and detach upper toothed belt guard
-1-.

46 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Disconnect fuel supply line -1-. Disconnect quick-release cou‐


plings ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 ; Opening quick-release couplings .

Note

Seal off open lines and connections immediately with suitable


protective caps.

– Release hoses from retainer -2-, and lay them to one side.
– Disconnect connector -1-.
– Using a screwdriver, release catches -arrow-, and lay coolant
expansion tank to one side.
– Open the retaining clips on the pipes of the air conditioning
system.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Loosen bolt -1-, but do not unscrew it completely.


– Screw out bolt -2-.
– Swivel alternator -3- in -direction of arrow- towards front.

– Screw out bolts -arrows- from the retainer of the front exhaust
pipe.
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ page 35 .
– Bracing the engine in its installation position ⇒ page 29 .
– Tighten spindles slightly to take up weight of engine/gearbox
assembly; do not lift.
– Remove engine mounting ⇒ page 32 .

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 47


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Screws out bolts -arrows-.

– Remove bolts - 1, 2, 3-.

– Screws out bolts -arrows-.


– Push engine/gearbox assembly slightly towards left and de‐
tach engine support.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:
– Check adjustment of assembly mountings (engine/gearbox
mountings) ⇒ page 32 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover”, page 89
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - coolant pipes”, page 183 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, pagerespect
198 to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - emission control system”, page 224
♦ ⇒ Electrical system: General notes; Rep. gr. 27 ; Checking
and repairing alternator
♦ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery - Assembly
overview

1.6 Renewing crankshaft oil seal - belt pul‐


ley end
Special tools and workshop equipment required

48 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Assembly tool - T10485-

♦ Extractor tool - T20143-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Operation process
– Remove toothed belt ⇒ page 108
– Detach crankshaft sprocket -1- -arrow-.

Caution

Risk of damage to engine.


♦ To avoid disturbing valve timing, do not turn crankshaft out
of “TDC” position when vibration damper is removed.

– Pry out oil seal using extractor hook -T20143/2- -arrow-.


– Clean contact surface and sealing surface.

Note

Do not lubricate new seal.

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 49


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit new seal in -direction of arrow- onto assembly sleeve -


T10485/2- .

– Pull off assembly sleeve - T10485/3- in -direction of arrow-.


• Installation location: the closed side of the sealing ring points
to the assembly sleeve.

– Fit guide sleeve -T10485/2- with oil seal -1- onto crankshaft.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Use fitting sleeve -T10485/1- and bolt -1- for poly V-belt pulley
to pull in oil seal -2- onto stop.

50 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit crankshaft sprocket onto crankshaft.


• The contact surface between vibration damper and crankshaft
toothed belt pulley must be free of oil and grease.
• Machined surface -arrow- of crankshaft sprocket must be posi‐
tioned over machined surface of crankshaft journal.
– Install toothed belt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 91 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cylinder block (pulley end) 51


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Cylinder block, gearbox end


⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end”,
page 52
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing flywheel”, page 55
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing drive plate”, page 56
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing sealing flange on gearbox side”,
page 58

2.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block,


gearbox end
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, vehi‐
cles with manual gearbox”, page 52
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, vehi‐
cles with automatic gearbox”, page 54

2.1.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, vehicles with manual
gearbox
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Note respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

For assembly work, secure engine to engine and gearbox support ⇒ page 19 .

52 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 60 Nm + turn +90° fur‐
ther
2 - Flywheel
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 55
❑ Can only be fitted in one
position
3 - Engine speed sender -
G28-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 233
4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torque
⇒ page 228
5 - Dowel pin
❑ 2x
6 - Intermediate plate
❑ Do not damage or bend
when assembling.
❑ Installing ⇒ page 54
7 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 53 .
8 - Sealing flange with sender
wheel and oil seal
❑ Always replace the seal‐
ing flange together with
the seal and the sender
Protectedcrown
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑respect
removing and installing
to the correctness of information ⇒ page
in this 58 Copyright by SEAT S.A.
document.

Sealing flange (gearbox end) - tightening torque and sequence


– Tighten bolts in two stages as follows:
stage: Tightening se‐ Tightening torque
quence
1. -1- to -6- Screw in by hand until they make con‐
tact
2. -1- to -6- Tighten with 10 Nm

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 53


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Installing intermediate plate


– Attach intermediate plate -1- to sealing flange -2- -arrow B-.
– push intermediate plate onto dowel sleeves -arrows A-

2.1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, vehicles with automatic
gearbox

1 - Dual-mass flywheel/ drive


plate:
❑ Drive plate: removing
and installing
⇒ page 56
❑ Fitting is only possible in
one position (the bore‐
holes are offset)
2 - Dowel sleeve
3 - Sealing flange (gearbox
end)
❑ With shaft seal
❑ Always replace com‐
pletely
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 58
❑ Do not oil or grease the
oil seal sealing lip.
❑ Before fitting, clean the
remains of oil on the
crankshaft journal using
a clean cloth.
❑ Guide sleeve is not to be
removed until sealing
flange has been slipped
onto crankshaft journal
4 - Cylinder block
5 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
installation sequence permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
⇒ page 55 . respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

6 - Intermediate plate
❑ Version fitted in vehicle
may differ from illustra‐
tion
❑ Must sit on dowel sleeves
❑ Do not damage or bend when assembling.
❑ Is fitted onto sealing flange ⇒ page 55

54 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

7 - Dowel sleeve
8 - Bolt
❑ For the dual-mass flywheel/ drive plate
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 60 Nm + turn +90° further

Sealing flange (gearbox end) - tightening torque and sequence


– Tighten bolts in two stages as follows:
stage: Tightening se‐ Tightening torque
quence
1. -1- to -6- Screw in by hand until they make con‐
tact
2. -1- to -6- Tighten with 10 Nm

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Installing intermediate plate


– Attach intermediate plate -1- to sealing flange -2- -arrow B-.
– push intermediate plate onto dowel sleeves -arrows A-

2.2 Removing and installing flywheel


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Counterhold tool - 3067-

Removing
• Gearbox removed ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing
gearbox .

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 55


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Insert counterhold - 3067- in hole on cylinder block -item B-.


– Loosen and remove flywheel bolts.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Flywheel with sender wheel can only be fitted in one position.

– Insert counterhold - 3067- in hole on cylinder block -item A-.


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, ve‐
hicles with manual gearbox”, page 52
♦ ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing gearbox; Specified
torques for gearbox

2.3 Removing and installing drive plate


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Counterhold tool - VW 558-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Depth gauge - VAS 6082- respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Hexagon bolt M8 x 40 and hexagon nut M8


– Remove gearbox ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing
gearbox .

56 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Preparing the fastening tool - VW 558- :


– Fix the M8 x 40 hexagon bolt -A- to the Support tool - VW 558-
with a hexagon nut.

Loosen and tighten the drive plate:


– Insert the Support tool - VW 558- into the cylinder block and
drive plate as shown in the figure.
Posición A - To loosen
Posición B - To tighten

Fit the drive plate.


– First position the drive plate without the washer -A-.
– Insert the used securing bolts -3- and tighten to 30 Nm.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Check the measurement between the drive plate and the en‐
gine block at 3 positions and calculate the average.

Note

The measurement is made through the hole of the drive plate to


the milled surface of the cylinder block. When measuring to in‐
termediate plate, the plate thickness must be taken into account.

• Specification when measuring without intermediate plate:


19.5 ... 21.1 mm
• Specification when measuring with intermediate plate:
18.8 ... 20.4 mm
If the value does not match the specification, replace and tighten
all securing screws.

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 57


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

If the specifications are not met:


– Remove the drive plate again and use the compensation
washer -A-. Tighten the bolts again -3- to a torque of 30 Nm.
– Repeat measurement procedure. If the value does not match
the specification, replace and tighten all securing screws.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end, ve‐
hicles with automatic gearbox”, page 54

2.4 Removing and installing sealing flange


on gearbox side
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Open ring spanner - V.A.G 1332/11-

♦ Depth gauge - VAS 6082-


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Assembly tool - T10134-

58 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Securing bolts - T10340-

♦ Bolt M6x35 (3x)


Operation process

Note

For reasons of clarity, illustration shows work procedure with en‐


gine removed.

– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Remove gearbox ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing
gearbox .
Vehicles with manual gearbox:
– Remove clutch ⇒ Rep. gr. 30 ; Removing and installing
clutch .
– Remove the flywheel ⇒ page 55
Vehicles with automatic Gearbox:
– Remove drive plate ⇒ page 56 .
All vehicles (continued):
– Remove intermediate plate -1- from dowel sleeves
-arrows A-.
– Guide intermediate plate -1- upwards.
– While doing so, pull retaining lug -arrow B- of intermediate
plate -1- out of recess behind sealing flange.
Setting crankshaft to “TDC” position:
– Remove
Protected by copyright.ignition
Copying forcoil with
private output purposes,
or commercial stage for cylinder
in part 1 is not
or in whole,
⇒ page
permitted unless 229by. SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
authorised
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Unscrew spark plug for no. 1 cylinder using spark plug socket ,
e.g. -3122 B- .
Setting correct position of crankshaft for screwing in locking pin:

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 59


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Carefully insert a screwdriver with a shaft length of at least


250 mm in -direction of arrow- into spark plug hole so that it
contacts piston crown.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of engine rotation to “BDC” for no.
1 cylinder.

– Turn crankshaft further in direction of engine rotation, until


screwdriver has moved 35 mm upwards in
-direction of arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

60 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew plug for “TDC” hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91 .


– Unscrew plug for “TDC” hole on cylinder block.

Caution

The engine can be damaged.


♦ If the locking pin - T10340- cannot be screwed in as far as
the stop, the crankshaft is not in the correct position.
♦ In this case, proceed as follows:
♦ Unscrew locking pin.
♦ Turn crankshaft 90° in direction of rotation of engine.
♦ Screw locking pin - T10340- into cylinder block as far as
stop and tighten to 30 Nm.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Turn crankshaft further in normal direction of rotation as
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
far as stop.

– Screw locking pin - T10340- into cylinder block as far as stop


and tighten to 30 Nm.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of rotation of engine as far as the
stop.
• The locking pin is now in contact with the crank web.

Note

The locking pin - T10340- locks the crankshaft only in the direction
of engine rotation.

– Remove lower part of sump ⇒ page 142 .


– Remove upper section of sump ⇒ page 147 .
– Engine speed sender - G28- removal ⇒ page 233 .

– Unscrew -bolts- for the sealing flange -1-.

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 61


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– To press off, screw in 3 M6x35 bolts into the sealing flange


-1- -arrows-.

Note

The sealing flange -1- is pressed off crankshaft -3- together with
the sender wheel -2-.

– Screw in each of the screws alternately to a maximum of 1/2


turn into the sealing flange.
– Remove sealing flange -1- together with the sender wheel
-2-.
To insert the sealing flange with sender wheel

Note

♦ The sealing flange -2- with a PTFE seal is equipped with a


sealing lip support ring -3-. This support ring acts as an as‐
sembly sleeve and must not be removed before installation.
♦ The sealing flange -2- and sender wheel -3- must not be sep‐
arated or turned after removal from packaging.
♦ The sender wheel -3- is held in its installation position by a
locating pin on the assembly tool - T10134- ⇒ page 62 .
♦ The sealing flange and the seal make up one inseparable
component and can only be replaced along with the sender
wheel.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ The assembly tool authorised
permitted unless - T10134- is held
by SEAT in the
S.A. SEAT correct
S.A does position
not guarantee rel‐any liability with
or accept
ative to the crankshaft by a guide pin which is inserted into a
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

hole in the crankshaft ⇒ page 62 .

Construction of assembly tool - T10134- :


A - Tightening flats
B - Nut
C - Installation bell
D-
Locating pin
E - Hexagon socket head bolts (x 2)
F-
Guide pin for petrol engines (red handle)
G - Guide pin for diesel engines (black handle)
H - Knurled screws (x 3)
I - Inner section

62 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Fasten sealing flange with the sender wheel to the assembly tool
- T10134- :
– Screw on nut -B- until just before it touches the clamping sur‐
face -A- of the threaded spindle.

– Clamp assembly tool - T10134- in a vice -1- on tightening flats


-A- of threaded spindle.
– Press assembly housing -C- downwards so that it rests
against nut -B-.
• Inner part of assembly device and assembly housing must
align (be level) with each other.

– If fitted, remove securing clip -arrow- from new sealing flange.

Note

Do not take the sender wheel out of the sealing flange or rotate it
out of position.

• The locating hole -A- on the sender wheel


Protected by -C- must
copyright. be at
Copying the or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private
12 o'clock position -B-. permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 63


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Place sealing flange -1- with front side facing downwards on


a clean level surface.
– Press the sealing lip support ring downwards -2- in
-direction of arrows- until it lies against the flat surface.

• The upper edge of sealing lip support ring -1- and the front
edge of the sealing flange -2- must align -arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Place sealing flange -1- on the assembly tool - T10134- with


the front side in such a way that the locating pin -D- sits in the
drill hold -3- of the sender wheel -2-.
• Ensure the sealing flange lies flat on the assembly tool.

– Screw knurled screws -H- on to the sealing flange -1-.


– Press sealing flange -1- and sealing lip support ring -2- when
tightening on the surface of the assembly tool - T10134- .
– This prevents the locating pin from slipping out of the sender
wheel hole.
– Ensure the sender wheel remains fixed on the assembly ap‐
pliance when installing the sealing flange.

64 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Securing - T10134- assembly tool with sealing flange -1- on


crankshaft flange:
• The crankshaft flange must be free of oil and grease.
• Engine is at “TDC” position ⇒ page 59 .
– Screw nut -B- to end of threaded spindle.
– Press threaded spindle of the assembly tool - T10134- in
-the direction of the arrow-, until the nut -B- lies against the
assembly housing -C-.
– Align flat side of assembly housing to crankcase's sealing sur‐
face on the oil sump side.

– Secure - T10134- assembly tool together with sealing flange


-1- on crankshaft flange -2-.
– To do this screw in the hexagon socket head bolts -E- on the
crankshaft flange using a hollow hexagon wrench with approx.
5 thread turns.
– Push the guide pins for petrol engines (red handle) -F- into the
crankshaft flange.

– To guide sealing flange -1-, screw two M6 × 35 mm bolts -3-


into cylinder block -2-.

Bolting assembly tool - T10134- onto crankshaft flange:


– Press the assembly housing -C- by hand in
-the direction of the arrow- until the sealing lip support ring
-1- lies on the surface of the crankshaft -2-.
– Check that the guide pins for petrol engines (red handle) -F-
are sitting correctly in the crankshaft hole. In this way, the final
fitting position of the sender wheel is established.

Note

The guide pin for diesel engines (black handle) must not be in‐
serted in the threaded hole of the crankshaft.

– Tighten the two hexagon


Protected socket
by copyright. head
Copying boltsor on
for private assembly
commercial tool
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
hand-tight. permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Screw nut -B- onto the threaded spindle by hand until it lies
against assembly housing -C-.

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 65


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Pressing sender wheel onto crankshaft flange using assembly


tool - T10134- :
– Tighten nut -B- of the assembly tool - T10134- to 35 Nm.
• After nut has been tightened to 35 Nm, a small air gap must
still be present between cylinder block -2- and sealing flange
-1-.

Checking sender wheel installation position on crankshaft:


– Screw nut -B- to end of threaded spindle.
– Screw out both bolts -2- from the cylinder block.
– Screw out the guide pins for petrol engines (red handle) -F-
from the crankshaft flange.
– Unscrew knurled screws -H- from the sealing flange -1-.
– Screw out assembly tool - T10134- from the crankshaft flange;
for this purpose unscrew the socket head hexagon bolts -E-
from the crankshaft flange.
– Remove sealing lip support ring.

– Apply depth gauge - VAS 6082- to crankshaft flange -2-.


– Measure distance between crankshaft flange -2- and sender
wheel -1-.

– Measure distance -a- between crankshaft flange -2- and send‐


er wheel -1-.
• Specification: Distance -a- = 0.5 mm.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Press sender respect
wheelto the
in further if distance is too small
correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

⇒ page 67 .
– If reading matches specification, continue with assembly
⇒ page 67 .

66 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Re-pressing sender wheel:


– Fasten assembly tool - T10134- to the crankshaft flange -2-.
– Ensure that the locating pin of the assembly tool - T10134- is
in the drill hole of the sender wheel.
– Tighten hexagon socket head bolts -E- finger-tight.
– Push assembly tool - T10134- on to sealing flange -1- by hand.
– Screw nut -B- onto the threaded spindle by hand until it lies
against the assembly tool - T10134- .
– Push the guide pins for petrol engines (red handle) -F- into the
crankshaft flange.
– Screw knurled screws -H- on to the sealing flange -1-.
– Screw in 2 M6x35 bolts -2- to guide the sealing flange 1 into
the cylinder block.

– Tighten nut -B- of the assembly tool - T10134- to 40 Nm.


– Check installation position of sender wheel on crankshaft
again ⇒ page 66 .
– Tighten nut on assembly tool - T10134- to 45 Nm if distance
is too small.
– Check installation position of sender wheel on crankshaft
again ⇒ page 66 .
Assembly
– Tighten bolts for sealing flange (vehicles with manual gearbox)
⇒ page 53 .
– Tighten bolts for sealing flange (vehicles with automatic gear‐
box) ⇒ page 55 .
– Install top section of sump ⇒ page 147 .
– Install sump (bottom section) ⇒ page 142 .
– Install intermediate plate (vehicles with manual gearbox)
⇒ page 54 .
– Install intermediate plate (vehicles with automatic gearbox)
⇒Protected
page by 55copyright.
. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Install flywheel
respect (vehicles
to the correctness with manual
of information gearbox)
in this document. ⇒ by
Copyright page
SEAT55
S.A..

– Install drive plate (vehicles with automatic gearbox)


⇒ page 56 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Sealing flange (gearbox end) - tightening torque and
sequence”“ , page 53
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - cylinder block, gearbox end”, page
52
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump”, page 140
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:
♦ ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing gearbox; Specified
torques for gearbox

2. Cylinder block, gearbox end 67


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 Crankshaft
⇒ “3.1 Measuring axial clearance of crankshaft”, page 68

3.1 Measuring axial clearance of crankshaft

Caution

Risk of deformation of bearing seats.


♦ The crankshaft must not be removed. Just loosening the
main bearing caps will cause deformation of the crank‐
shaft bearings. This deformation reduces the bearing
clearance. Even if the half-bearings are not replaced,
changes in the bearing clearance may cause damage.
♦ If the bearing cap bolts are loosened, the cylinder block
must be replaced complete with the crankshaft.
♦ Measuring the main bearing clearance is not possible with
normal workshop equipment.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Universal dial gauge holder - VW 387-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Dial gauge - VAS 6079-

68 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Operation process
– Attach dial gauge - VAS 6079- together with universal dial
gauge holder - VW 387- to engine block and position it against
the crank web with a pretension of approx. 2 mm.
– Push the crankshaft by hand against the gauge and adjust this
to “0”.
– Push crankshaft away from dial gauge and read off measured
value.
• Axial clearance: 0.066 ... 0.233 mm.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3. Crankshaft 69
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4 Pistons and conrods


⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - pistons and conrods”, page 70
⇒ “4.2 Pistons: removing and installing”, page 72
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing oil spray jets”, page 73
⇒ “4.4 Checking pistons and cylinder bores”, page 74
⇒ “4.5 Separating parts of new conrod”, page 76
⇒ “4.6 Checking radial clearance of conrod bearings”,
page 76

4.1 Assembly overview - pistons and conrods

1 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Oil threads and contact
surface.
❑ 30 Nm + turn +90° fur‐
ther
2 - Conrod bearing cap
❑ The caps only fit in one
position and only on the
appropriate conrod due
to the breaking proce‐
durepermitted
(cracking) separat‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
ing the cap from
respect the
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
conrod
❑ Mark allocation to cylin‐
der and conrod in colour
-A-
❑ Installation position: Ori‐
entation nubs -B- on
conrod bearing cap
must face in the same
direction for all caps

Note

Upon assembly in the factory, the


nubs -B- are oriented towards gear‐
box. The orientation of the conrods
may be changed during repair work,
but only if the orientation of all con‐
rods is changed. The orientation
nubs -A- on conrod bearing cap
must face in the same direction for
all caps.

3 - Bearing shells
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 72
❑ Renew used bearing shells
❑ Check for secure seating.
4 - Pressure release valve
❑ 27 Nm
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 73

70 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

5 - Oil spray jet


❑ For piston cooling
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 73
6 - Circlip
❑ 2x
❑ Must be renewed if removed
7 - Piston pin
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 72
8 - Piston
❑ Mark installation position and cylinder number ⇒ page 72
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 72
❑ Checking pistons and cylinder bores ⇒ page 74
9 - Piston rings
❑ Compression rings
❑ Measuring ring gap ⇒ page 75
❑ Measuring ring-to-groove clearance ⇒ page 75
❑ Use piston ring pliers (commercially available) to remove and install
❑ Installation position: marking “TOP” or side with lettering towards piston crown
❑ Displace the gaps at 120° from each other
10 - Piston rings
❑ Oil scraper rings
❑ Carefully remove and install by hand the oil scraper rings made up of 3 parts
❑ Measuring ring gap ⇒ page 75
❑ The play between the rings and the grooves cannot be measured
11 - Conrod
❑ With industrially cracked conrod bearing cap
❑ Renew as set only.
❑ Mark allocation to cylinder and conrod bearing cap in colour -A-
❑ separate new conrod ⇒ page 76
❑ Installation position: Orientation nubs -B- on conrod bearing cap must face in the same direction for all
caps

Note

Upon assembly in the factory, the


nubs -A- are oriented towards gear‐permitted
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

box. The orientation of the conrods


unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
may be changed during repair work,
but only if the orientation of all con‐
rods is changed. The orientation
nubs -A- on conrod bearing cap
must face in the same direction for
all caps.

4. Pistons and conrods 71


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Installation position of pistons and allocation of piston/cylinder

Caution

Risk of damage to piston crown.


♦ If worn pistons are to be reinstalled, mark their allocation
to the cylinder on the piston crown.
♦ Use paint for this.
♦ Do not attempt to mark the piston crown with a centre
punch or by making a scratch, notch or similar.

• Arrow on piston crown points to pulley end -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Assembly position of the bearing
permitted shellby SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
unless authorised
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Centre bearing shells on conrod and on conrod bearing cap.
• Dimension -a- = 2.5 mm

4.2 Pistons: removing and installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Mandrel - VW 222 A-

♦ Commercially available tapered sleeve for mounting the piston


rings
Removing
– Removing cylinder head ⇒ page 80
– Remove upper section of sump ⇒ page 147 .
– Mark the installation position and assignment to the cylinder
on the piston.
– Mark installation position and matching of cylinder and conrod
bearing cap to conrod ⇒ Item 11 (page 71) .

72 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove the bearing cover of the conrod and remove upwards


with the piston and conrod.

Note

If the piston pin is difficult to move, heat the piston to approx. 60


– Take circlip out of piston pin boss.


– Use drift - VW 222 A- to drive out piston pin.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.

– Lubricate the friction surfaces of the half bearings.


– Install the piston with new funnel in order to mount the piston
rings, note the installation position in the process ⇒ page 72 .
– Insert the conrod bearing cover considering the installation
position in the process ⇒ Item 11 (page 71) .
– Install cylinder head ⇒ page 80 .
– Install top sectionProtected
of sump ⇒ page
by copyright. 147for. private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Copying
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Tightening torques respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - pistons and conrods”, page 70


♦ ⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head”, page 77
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump”, page 140

4.3 Removing and installing oil spray jets


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket - T10545-
Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Remove upper section of sump ⇒ page 147 .

Note

♦ The crank web of the respective cylinder must be positioned


so that the socket bit - T10545- can be inserted in the pressure
relief valve as close to vertical as possible.
♦ Furthermore, the corners of the socket - T10545- and of the
pressure relief valve must engage well.

– Turn crankshaft via vibration damper securing bolt in direction


of engine rotation until the respective bolt is accessible.

4. Pistons and conrods 73


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew pressure relief valve -1- using bit - T10545- .


– Remove oil spray jets -2-.

Installation
1- Pressure relief valve, 27 Nm
2- Oil spray jet
• Installation position: align leading edge of oil spray jet arrow
with machined surface of cylinder block.

Caution

Avoid damage to oil spray jets.


♦ Do not bend oil spray jets.
♦ Check that oil spray jets adequate clearance after re-in‐
stalling pistons.
♦ Bent oil spray jets must be renewed.

– Install top section of sump ⇒ page 147 .


– Install noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ;Protected
Body front area;
by copyright. Noise
Copying insulation
for private – As‐
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
sembly overview: .permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4.4 Checking pistons and cylinder bores


Checking pistons
– Using a micrometer, measure approx. 10 mm from the lower
edge, perpendicular to the piston pin axis.
• Maximum deviation from nominal dimension: 0.04 mm.
Piston ∅ mm
Specification without solid film 76,455 + 0,009
lubricant – 0,009
Specification with solid film lu‐ 76,485 + 0,017
bricant – 0,017

74 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Measuring piston ring gap


– Insert piston ring at right angles to cylinder wall into cylinder
bore at bottom.
– Insert piston ring at a distance of approx. 15 mm from the cyl‐
inder upper edge.
– Push in using a piston without piston rings.
Piston ring new Wear limit
mm mm
1. compression ring 0,20 + 0,15 1,0
2. compression ring 0,40 + 0,20 1,0
Oil scraper rings, 3 parts 0,20 + 0,50 No wear limit
details availa‐
ble

Measuring ring-to-groove clearance


– Clean annular groove of piston before check.
Piston ring new Wear limit
mm mm
1. compression ring 0,04 … 0,08 0,15
2. compression ring 0,03 … 0,07 0,15
Oil scraper rings (3 parts) Not measurable

Measuring cylinder bore

Caution

Risk of damage to the surface of the cylinder bore.


♦ Do not machine cylinder bore (reboring, honing, grinding)
with workshop equipment.

– Use a cylinder gauge - VAS 6078- to take measurements at 3


points in transverse direction -A- and in longitudinal direction
-B-.
• Maximum deviation from nominal dimension: 0.08 mm.
Cylinder bore ∅ mm
Nominal dimension 76,5 + 0,015
+ 0,005

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

The measurement of the interior diameter of the cylinders cannot


be done while the engine block is attached to the engine and
gearbox support - VAS 6095- , as doing so may result in errone‐
ous measurements.

4. Pistons and conrods 75


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4.5 Separating parts of new conrod


It is possible that the two parts of a new conrod are not completely
separated as intended. Proceed as follows if the conrod bearing
cap cannot be removed by hand:
– Mark the cylinder to which the conrod belongs
⇒ Item 11 (page 71) .
– Lightly clamp the conrod in a vice using aluminium vice
clamps, as shown in the illustration.

Note

♦ Only clamp the conrod lightly in order to avoid damaging it.


♦ The conrod is attached below the cutting line.

– Unscrew both bolts -arrows- about 5 turns.

– Carefully knock against the conrod bearing cap with a plastic


hammer in -direction of arrow- in order to loosen it.

4.6 Checking radial clearance of conrod


bearings
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Plastigage
Operation process
– Remove conrod bearing cap.
– Clean bearing cap and bearing journal.
– Place a length of Plastigage corresponding to the width of the
bearing on the bearing journal or in the bearing shell.
– Fit conrod bearing cap and tighten to 30 Nm (without additional
turning further to a torque angle).
– Do not rotate crankshaft.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Remove conrod bearing respect
cap again.
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Compare width of Plastigage with the measurement scale.


• Radial clearance: 0.028 ... 0.065 mm
– Renew conrod bolts.

76 Rep. gr.13 - Crankshaft group


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

15 – Cylinder head, valve gear


1 Cylinder head
⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head”, page 77
⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing”, page 79
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing cylinder head”, page 80
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing camshaft housing”, page 83
⇒ “1.5 Test compression pressure”, page 86

1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head

Caution

The camshafts must not be removed individually.


In the event of repair, the camshaft housing must be renewed
completely.

1 - Cylinder head gasket


❑ Note installation posi‐
tion: part number must
face cylinder head
❑ replace ⇒ page 80
2 - Dowel sleeve
❑ 2x
3 - Cylinder head
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 80
❑ check for distortion
⇒ page 78
4 - Locking pins
5 - Seal
❑ With oil strainer
❑ Fitted on cylinder head

Note

♦ The oil strainer is only fitted if the


corresponding recess is present
in the cylinder head.
♦ Cylinder heads with recess do
not require an oil Protected
strainer. by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
6 - Seal respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ Must be renewed if re‐


moved
7 - Camshaft housing
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 83

1. Cylinder head 77
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

8 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 80 .
9 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Correct sequence when slackening ⇒ page 82
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 78 .

Cylinder head - specified torque and sequence

Note

Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.

– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1 … 10- 40 Nm
2. -1 … 10- turn 90° further
3. -1 … 10- turn 90° further
4. -1 … 10- turn 90° further

Check whether the cylinder head is deformed


– Use straight edge 500 mm - VAS 6075- and feeler gauge to
measure cylinder head for distortion at several points.
• Max. permissible distortion: 0.05 mm.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

78 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing

1 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 80 .
2 - Camshaft control valve 1 -
N205-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 131
3 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
4 - Camshaft housing
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 83 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
5 - Hall sender - G40- respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 232
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Oil seal
❑ For exhaust camshaft,
gearbox end
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 125
8 - Toothed belt pulley
❑ For coolant pump
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 176
9 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torque
⇒ Item 8 (page 170)
10 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
11 - Cap
12 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if removed
13 - Seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed
14 - Dowel pin
15 - Seal
❑ With oil strainer
❑ Fitted on cylinder head

Note

♦ The oil strainer is only fitted if the


corresponding recess is present
in the cylinder head.
♦ Cylinder heads with recess do
not require an oil strainer.

1. Cylinder head 79
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

16 - Oil seal
❑ For inlet camshaft.
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 125
17 - Oil seal
❑ For exhaust camshaft
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 125
18 - Cap

Camshaft housing - tightening torque and sequence

Note

Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.

– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1 … 15- 10 Nm
2. -1 … 15- turn 180° further

1.3 Removing and installing cylinder head


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket - 3410-

Removing

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Attach all heat-shielding sleeves in the same places when instal‐
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
ling.

– Remove intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .


– Remove camshaft housing ⇒ page 83 .
– Remove gasket for camshaft housing ⇒ page 79 .

80 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove bolts -1- and -3-.


– Remove coolant pipe -2-, and place it to one side.

– Release and pull off connector -2- on oil pressure switch - F1-
-1-.

– Unscrew nuts -1- for securing front exhaust pipe to cylinder


head.
– Unscrew bolts -2- for exhaust pipe supports.
– Remove exhaust pipe from cylinder head, and tie it up.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Unlock and disconnect connector -2- from coolant tempera‐


ture sender - G62- -1-.

1. Cylinder head 81
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove bolt -1- on engine support.


– Detach retaining clips for wiring harness from cylinder head.

– Slacken cylinder head bolts in the sequence -1 ... 10- and re‐
move.
– Remove cylinder head, and set it down on a soft surface (foam
plastic).
Installation

Caution

Avoid damage to sealing surfaces.


♦ Carefully remove sealant residue from cylinder head and
cylinder block.
♦ Ensure that no long scores or scratches are made on the
surfaces.
Avoid damage to cylinder block.
♦ No oil or coolant must be allowed to remain in the blind
holes for the cylinder head bolts in the cylinder block.
Ensure that cylinder head gasket seals properly:
♦ Carefully remove emery and abrasive remains.
♦ Do not remove new cylinder head gasket from packaging
until it is ready to be fitted.
♦ Handle the cylinder head gasket very carefully to prevent
damage to the silicone coating orProtected
the indented area
by copyright. of for
Copying theprivate or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
gasket. permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew self-locking nuts, seals, gaskets and O-rings.
♦ When installing an exchange cylinder head, the contact sur‐
faces between the hydraulic compensation elements, roller
rocker fingers and cams must be oiled before installing the
camshaft housing.
♦ Secure all hose connections with the correct type of hose clips
(same as original equipment) ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
♦ Do not reuse coolant which has been drained off.

82 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit cylinder head gasket -1-.


♦ Note position of centring pins in cylinder block -arrows-.
♦ Note installation position of cylinder head gasket. Part No.
should be legible from inlet side.
– If crankshaft has been rotated in the meantime:
♦ Set piston of cylinder number 1 to top dead centre.
♦ Turn crankshaft back slightly.

– Fit cylinder head.


– Insert cylinder head bolts and tighten by hand.
– Tighten cylinder head cover bolts ⇒ page 78 .

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Cylinder head bolts do not have to be torqued down again later
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

after repair work.


respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Remaining installation sequence carried out in reverse sequence;


note the following:
– Install camshaft housing ⇒ page 83 .
– Installing intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .
– Change engine oil ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet .
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 162 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - assembly mountings”, page 24
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head”, page 77
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Installing front exhaust pipe - specified torque and
tightening sequence”“ , page 225
♦ ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing drive
shafts; Removing and installing drive shafts or ⇒ Running
gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing drive shafts; Re‐
moving and installing drive shafts with a "tripod joint"

1.4 Removing and installing camshaft hous‐


ing
Removing
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Remove coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .

1. Cylinder head 83
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2-.


– Remove coolant pipe -3-, and place it to one side.
– Removing ignition coils. ⇒ page 229
– Detach toothed belt from camshafts ⇒ page 95 .

– Release and unplug connectors -2- and-4-.


– Remove bolt -3-, move wiring harness clear and place to left
side.
– Pull out dipstick -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Loosen bolts for camshaft housing in the sequence -15 ... 1-,
and unscrew them.
– Carefully release camshaft housing from bonded joint and de‐
tach.
– Mark original positions of roller rocker fingers and compensa‐
tion elements for reinstallation.
– Remove roller rocker fingers together with compensation ele‐
ments and put down on a clean surface.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew gasket and seal with oil strainer.

– Check “TDC” position of camshaft and crankshaft:

• Camshaft clamp -T10477- installed to camshaft housing with


bolt -arrow-.

84 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• Crankshaft is in “TDC” position ⇒ page 91 .


• Locking pin - T10340- is screwed into cylinder block as far as
stop and tightened to 30 Nm.
– Make sure that all roller rocker fingers make contact with the
valve ends correctly and are clipped into their respective sup‐
port elements.

– Fit gasket onto dowel pins -arrows- of cylinder head -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cylinder head 85
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Screw 2 studs -2- and -4- (e.g. -T10288/4- ) into cylinder head.
– Carefully fit camshaft housing -3- onto studs in cylinder head.

Note

Ensure that camshaft housing is not canted.

– Tighten camshaft housing bolts ⇒ page 80 .


– Install toothed belt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 95 .
– Install ignition coils ⇒ page 229 .
– Fit the coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .
– Install electrical wiring ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Caution respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Avoid damage to valves and piston crowns after working on


valve gear.
♦ Turn the engine carefully at least 2 rotations to ensure that
none of the valves make contact when the starter is op‐
erated.

Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing”, page 79
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - cylinder head”, page 77

1.5 Test compression pressure


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spark plug socket and extension - 3122 B-

86 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Compression meter - V.A.G 1763-

Operation process
• Engine oil temperature at least 30 °C.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Release and pull off connector for injectors -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cylinder head 87
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release and pull off connectors -1- for ignition coils with output
stages.
– Remove bolts -2-.
– Pull out ignition coils with output stages ⇒ page 229 .
– Unscrew spark plugs using spark plug socket , e.g. -3122 B- .
– Check compression pressure with compression tester -
V.A.G 1763- (see ⇒ operating instructions for details of how
to use tester).
– Have a second mechanic press down accelerator completely
and simultaneously operate starter until pressure no longer
increases on tester display.
– Repeat procedure on each cylinder.
Compression pressure
New engine 1,0 ... 1.5 MPa
(10.0 … 15.0 bar
)
Wear limit 0.7 MPa (7.0
bar)
Maximum difference between cylinders 0.3 MPa (3.0
bar)
Assembling
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Install spark plugs.
– Install ignition coils with output stages ⇒ page 229 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
–permitted
Entries
unlesswill havebybeen
authorised made
SEAT S.A. SEATinS.Athe event
does memory
not guarantee of the
or accept engine
any liability with
control unit
respect to becauseof connectors
the correctness information in thiswere separated
document. Copyright by and the en‐
SEAT S.A.
gine was started ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

88 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Toothed belt system


⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover”, page 89
⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
⇒ “2.3 Checking distribution timing”, page 91
⇒ “2.4 Detaching toothed belt from camshaft”, page 95
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing toothed belt”, page 108

2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover

1 - Toothed belt cover (bottom)


2 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Engine support
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 24 .
4 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence
⇒ page 24 .
5 - Top toothed belt guard
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 89


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt

1 - Notched belt
❑ Before removing, mark
direction of rotation with
chalk or felt-tip pen
❑ Check for wear
❑ Removing ⇒ page 108
❑ Installing (adjusting set‐
tings) ⇒ page 102
2 - Bolt
❑ 25 Nm
3 - Tensioning roller
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion involve taking out
engine support
⇒ page 45
4 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 50 Nm + turn +90° fur‐
ther
5 - Toothed belt sprocket (ex‐
haust camshaft)
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 95 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
6 - Toothed belt sprocket (inletrespect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
camshaft)
❑ With camshaft adjuster
❑ Removing and installing
camshaft adjuster
⇒ page 130 .
7 - Guide bushing
8 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 50 Nm + turn +135° further
9 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if removed
10 - Screw plug
❑ 20 Nm
11 - O-ring
❑ Captive
❑ Must be renewed if removed
12 - Spacer bush
13 - Idler roller
14 - Bolt
❑ 45 Nm
15 - Crankshaft sprocket
❑ Contact surface between toothed belt pulley and crankshaft must be free from oil.
❑ Can only be fitted in one position

90 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

❑ Tightening torque ⇒ page 38

Plug for “TDC” drilling in cylinder block - tightening torque

Note

♦ Plug with integrated seal -arrow-


♦ Replace if damaged

– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

2.3 Checking distribution timing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Securing bolts - T10340-

♦ Camshaft fastener - T10477-

♦ Assembly tool - T10487-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 91


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Spark plug wrench , e.g. -3122 B-

Operation process
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Unscrew bolts -A- to -D-, and push cover -1- for thermostat to
one side.

– Move clear electrical wiring harness -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1- and -3-, and remove toothed belt guard -2-
for coolant pump toothed belt.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Unscrew bolt -arrow-, and remove cap -1-.
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Setting crankshaft to “TDC” position:


– Remove ignition coil with output stage for cylinder 1
⇒ page 229 .
– Unscrew spark plug for no. 1 cylinder using spark plug socket ,
e.g. -3122 B- .
Setting correct position of crankshaft for screwing in locking pin:

92 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Carefully insert a screwdriver with a shaft length of at least


250 mm in -direction of arrow- into spark plug hole so that it
contacts piston crown.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of engine rotation to “BDC” for no.
1 cylinder.

– Turn crankshaft further in direction of engine rotation, until


screwdriver has moved 35 mm upwards in
-direction of arrow-.
– Unscrew plug for “TDC” hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91 .

Caution

The engine can be damaged.


If the locking pin - T10340- cannot be screwed in as far as the
stop, the crankshaft is not in the correct position.
In this case, proceed as follows:
♦ Unscrew locking pin.
♦ Repeat the procedure for setting correct position of crank‐
shaft for screwing in locking pin ⇒ page 92 .

– Screw locking pin - T10340- into cylinder block as far as stop


and tighten to 30 Nm.
– Turn crankshaft in direction
authorised byof rotation ofS.Aengine as far as the any liability with
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless SEAT S.A. SEAT does not guarantee or accept
stop. respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

The locking pin - T10340- locks the crankshaft only in the direction
of engine rotation.

2. Toothed belt system 93


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• The crank web now rests against the locking pin, and the
crankshaft is set to “TDC” position.
• On the inlet camshaft -3- the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• On the exhaust camshaft the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• The asymmetrical grooves
permitted of thebyexhaust
unless authorised camshaft
SEAT S.A. SEAT -1-guarantee
S.A does not are or accept any liability with
accessible throughrespect
the recesses in the toothed belt pulley of
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

the coolant pump drive -3-.

Note

The exhaust camshaft has two pairs of grooves: one positioned


symmetrically and one positioned asymmetrically. In “TDC” posi‐
tion, the asymmetrically positioned pair of grooves must be above
the imaginary horizontal centre line.

If the camshafts are not positioned as described:


– Unscrew locking pin - T10340- , turn crankshaft one rotation
further in direction of engine rotation, and set it to “TDC” po‐
sition again ⇒ page 92 .
If the camshafts are positioned as described:

Note

♦ The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.


♦ The camshaft clamp must not be positioned using any kind of
hammer.

– Insert camshaft clamp -T10477- as far as stop into camshaft.


– Tighten hand-tight with the bolt -arrow-.
The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.

94 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use the assembly tool - T10487- to push on toothed belt in


-direction of arrow-.
– While doing this, insert camshaft clamp -T10477- into cam‐
shafts as far as stop, and secure it with the bolt.
If it is not possible to insert camshaft clamp -T10477- , valve timing
is not OK.
– Remove toothed belt from camshafts, and adjust valve timing
⇒ page 95 .
If the camshaft clamp -T10477- can be inserted, the valve timing
is correct:

Caution

Risk of damage to engine.


♦ After completing work, check that locking pin - T10340-
and camshaft clamp -T10477- have been removed.

Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following


should be taken into account:
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - crankcase breather system”, page
153
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228

2.4 Detaching toothed belt from camshaft

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 95


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAS
6583-
♦ Counterhold - T10172- with
adapter -T10172/1- and -
T10172/2-
♦ Securing bolts - T10340-
♦ Counterhold tool - T10475-
♦ 30 mm ring spanner -
T10499-
♦ Tool inserts - T10500-
♦ Assembly tool - T10487-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Camshaft fastener - T10477-

96 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Assembly tool - T10487-

♦ Spark plug wrench , e.g. -3122 B-

Operation process
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Move clear hoses at bracket -3-.
– Screw out bolt -2-.
– Release clips -arrows- and detach upper toothed belt guard
-1-.

– Unscrew bolts -A- to -D-, and push cover -1- for thermostat to
one side.

2. Toothed belt system 97


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Move clear electrical wiring harness -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1, 3-, and remove toothed belt guard -2- for
coolant pump toothed belt.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow-, and remove cap -1-.


Setting crankshaft to “TDC” position:
– Remove ignition coil with output stage for cylinder 1
⇒ page 229 .
– Unscrew spark plug for no. 1 cylinder using spark plug socket ,
e.g. -3122 B- .
Setting correct position of crankshaft for screwing in locking pin:

– Carefully insert a screwdriver with a shaft length of at least


250 mm in -direction of arrow- into spark plug hole so that it
contacts piston crown. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Turn crankshaft in direction of engine
respect to the rotation
correctness to “BDC” for
of information no.
in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
1 cylinder.

98 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Turn crankshaft further in direction of engine rotation, until


screwdriver has moved 35 mm upwards in
-direction of arrow-.
– Unscrew plug for “TDC” hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91 .

Caution

The engine can be damaged.


If the locking pin - T10340- cannot be screwed in as far as the
stop, the crankshaft is not in the correct position.
In this case, proceed as follows:
♦ Unscrew locking pin.
♦ Repeat the procedure for setting correct position of crank‐
shaft for screwing in locking pin ⇒ page 98 .

– Screw locking pin - T10340- into cylinder block as far as stop


and tighten to 30 Nm.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of rotation of engine as far as the
stop.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Note

The locking pin - T10340- locks the crankshaft only in the direction
of engine rotation.

2. Toothed belt system 99


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• The crank web now rests against the locking pin, and the
crankshaft is set to “TDC” position.
• On the inlet camshaft -3- the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• On the exhaust camshaft the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• The asymmetrical grooves of the exhaust camshaft -1- are
accessible through the recesses in the toothed belt pulley of
the coolant pump drive -3-.

Note

The exhaust camshaft has two pairs of grooves: one positioned


symmetrically and one positioned asymmetrically. In “TDC” posi‐
tion, the asymmetrically positioned pair of grooves must be above
the imaginary horizontal centre line.

If the camshafts are not positioned as described:


– Unscrew locking pin - T10340- , turn crankshaft one rotation
further in direction of engine rotation, and set it to “TDC” po‐
sition again ⇒ page 98 .
If the camshafts are positioned as described:

Note

♦ The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.


♦ The camshaft clamp must not be positioned using any kind of
hammer.

– Insert camshaft clamp -T10477- as far as stop into camshaft.


– Tighten bolt -arrow- by hand.
The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Caution respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Do not use any sharp-edged tools to avoid damaging the tooth‐


ed belt.

100 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use the assembly tool - T10487- to push on toothed belt in


-direction of arrow-.
– While doing this, insert camshaft clamp -T10477- into cam‐
shafts as far as stop, and secure it with the bolt.

Caution

Risk of damage to camshafts.


♦ The camshaft clamp - T10477- must not be used as a
counterhold.

– Unscrew plug -1- for camshaft pulley on inlet camshaft. Use


counter-hold tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/1- to do
this.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Unscrew bolts -1 and 2- by approx. 1 turn. Use counter-hold
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/2- and -T10172/1- to do


this.

2. Toothed belt system 101


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen bolt -1- with tool insert - T10500- .


– Release tension on belt tensioner at eccentric -2- using span‐
ner - T10499- .
– Detach toothed belt from camshaft sprockets.
Fitting (adjusting the valve timing)

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew the damaged O-ring of the plug at the toothed belt pul‐
ley of the inlet camshaft.

• Camshaft clamp - T10477- fitted on camshaft housing.

Caution

Risk of damage to camshafts.


♦ The camshaft fasteners -T10477- must not be used as re‐
tention tools.

• Crankshaft is in “TDC” position ⇒ page 98 .


• Locking pin - T10340- is screwed into cylinder block as far as
stop and tightened to 30 Nm.
• Crankshaft is turned in normal direction of rotation until it
makes contact with locking pin - T10340- = “TDC” position.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Fit new bolts -1,to2-
thefor camshaft
correctness sprockets,
of information but doCopyright
in this document. not tighten.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect by SEAT S.A.

• It should just be possible to turn the adjusters on the camshafts


but no rocking is permissible.

102 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• The sheet-metal tab -arrow- of the belt tensioner must engage


in the cast notch of the cylinder head.
Fit toothed belt in prescribed sequence:

– Pull toothed belt upwards and fit it on idler roller -1-, tensioner
roller -2- and camshaft pulleys -3- Protected
and -4-. by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 103


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Turn eccentric -2- of tensioning roller in the


-direction of the arrow -using clamping wrench - T10499- until
adjustment indicator -3- is positioned approx. 10 mm to the
right of the adjustment window.
– Turn eccentric adjuster back until adjustment indicator is posi‐
tioned exactly in adjustment window.

Caution

Risk of damage to the engine.


Torque wrench - VAS 6583- or torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-
must be used for tightening.
No other torque wrench must be used for tightening.

Tightening with torque wrench VAS 6583

Caution

Use torque wrench only together with insert tool - T10500- .


When setting the specified torque on the torque wrench - VAS
6583- , the length indicated on insert tool - T10500- must be
entered in the torque wrench.

– Hold eccentric in that position and tighten bolt -1- to 25 Nm.


To do this, use insert tool - T10500- with torque wrench - VAS
6583- .
Tighten using torque wrench V.A.G 1410

Caution
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Use torque wrench only together with insert tool - T10500- .
Set torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- to reduced specified torque
of 12 Nm.
The required torque of 25 Nm is still achieved, because the
torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- is extended by the insert tool -
T10500- !

– Hold eccentric in this position, and tighten bolt -1- to reduced


specified torque of 12 Nm. To do this, use insert tool - T10500-
with torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- .
Continuation

Note

Turning the engine further or running the engine may lead to slight
differences in the position of the adjustment indicator -3- in rela‐
tion to the adjustment window. This does not affect the toothed
belt tension.

104 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Tighten bolts -1, 2- initially to 50 Nm using counterhold -


T10172A- with adapters -T10172/1- and -T10172/2- .

– Remove locking pin - T10340- .

– Remove bolt -arrow- and detach camshaft clamp -T10477- .


Check valve timing:
– Turn crankshaft 2 turns in direction of engine rotation to “TDC”
position for no. 1 cylinder ⇒ page 98 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 105


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• On the inlet camshaft -3- the asymmetrical grooves -1- on


gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• On the exhaust camshaft the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• The asymmetrical grooves of the exhaust camshaft -1- are
accessible through the recesses in the toothed belt pulley of
the coolant pump drive -3-.

Note

The exhaust camshaft has two pairs of grooves: one positioned


symmetrically and one positioned asymmetrically. In “TDC” posi‐
tion, the asymmetrically positioned pair of grooves must be above
the imaginary horizontal centre line.

If the camshafts are not positioned as described:


– Turn crankshaft one rotation further in direction of engine ro‐
tation, and set it to “TDC” position again ⇒ page 98 .
If the camshafts are positioned as described:

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.


♦ The camshaft clamp must not be positioned using any kind of
hammer.

– Insert camshaft clamp -T10477- as far as stop into camshaft.


– Tighten bolt -arrow- by hand.
The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.

106 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use the assembly tool - T10487- to push on toothed belt in


-direction of arrow-.
– While doing this, insert camshaft clamp -T10477- into cam‐
shafts as far as stop, and secure it with the bolt.
If it is not possible to insert camshaft clamp -T10477- , valve timing
is not OK.
– Remove toothed belt from camshafts, and adjust valve timing
again ⇒ page 102 .
If the camshaft clamp -T10477- can be inserted, the valve timing
is correct:

– Remove locking pin - T10340- .

– Remove bolt -arrow- and detach camshaft clamp -T10477- .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Tighten bolts -1, 2- to final specified torque ⇒ page 90 using


counterhold - T10172A- with adapters -T10172/1- and -
T10172/2- .

2. Toothed belt system 107


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Tighten plug -1- to 20 Nm.


– Use counter-hold tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/1- to
do this.

Caution

Risk of damage to engine.


♦ After completing work, check that locking pin - T10340-
and camshaft clamp -T10477- have been removed.

Remaining assembly is performed in reverse sequence.


Tightening torques
♦ Bolt for toothed belt guard
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover”, page 89
♦ Rollers and toothed belt pulleys
⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
♦ Bolt for ignition coil with output stage
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ Spark plug
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ Plug for hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91
♦ Thermostat
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
2.5 Removing and installingpermitted
toothed belt
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

108 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAS
6583-
♦ Counterhold - T10172- with
adapter -T10172/1- and -
T10172/2-
♦ Securing bolts - T10340-
♦ Counterhold tool - T10475-
♦ 30 mm ring spanner -
T10499-
♦ Tool inserts - T10500-
♦ Assembly tool - T10487-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Camshaft fastener - T10477-

2. Toothed belt system 109


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Assembly tool - T10487-

♦ Spark plug wrench , e.g. -3122 B-

Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Move clear hoses at bracket -3-.
– Screw out bolt -2-.
– Release clips -arrows- and detach upper toothed belt guard
-1-.
– Before removing the toothed belt, mark the direction of rotation
with chalk or felt-tipped pen for re-installation.

– Unscrew bolts -A- to -D-, and push cover -1- for thermostat to
one side.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

110 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Move clear electrical wiring harness -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1- and -3-, and remove toothed belt guard -2-
for coolant pump toothed belt.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow-, and remove cap -1-.


Setting crankshaft to “TDC” position:
– Remove ignition coil with output stage for cylinder 1
⇒ page 229 .
– Unscrew spark plug for no. 1 cylinder using spark plug socket ,
e.g. -3122 B- .
Setting correct position of crankshaft for screwing in locking pin:

– Carefully insert a screwdriver with a shaft length of at least


250 mm in -direction of arrow- into spark plug hole so that it
contacts piston crown.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of engine rotation to “BDC” for no.
1 cylinder. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 111


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Turn crankshaft further in direction of engine rotation, until


screwdriver has moved 35 mm upwards in
-direction of arrow-.
– Unscrew plug for “TDC” hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91 .

Caution

The engine can be damaged.


If the locking pin - T10340- cannot be screwed in as far as the
stop, the crankshaft is not in the correct position.
In this case, proceed as follows:
♦ Unscrew locking pin.
♦ Repeat the procedure for setting correct position of crank‐
shaft for screwing in locking pin ⇒ page 111 .

– Screw locking pin - T10340- into cylinder block as far as stop


and tighten to 30 Nm.
– Turn crankshaft in direction of rotation of engine as far as the
stop.

Note

The locking pin - T10340- locks the crankshaft only in the direction
of engine rotation.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

112 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• The crank web now rests against the locking pin, and the
crankshaft is set to “TDC” position.
• On the inlet camshaft -3- the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• On the exhaust camshaft the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• The asymmetrical grooves of the exhaust camshaft -1- are
accessible through the recesses in the toothed belt pulley of
the coolant pump drive -3-.

Note

The exhaust camshaft has two pairs of grooves: one positioned


symmetrically and one positioned asymmetrically. In “TDC” posi‐
tion, the asymmetrically positioned pair of grooves must be above
the imaginary horizontal centre line.

If the camshafts are not positioned as described:


– Unscrew locking pin - T10340- , turn crankshaft one rotation
further in direction of engine rotation, and set it to “TDC” po‐
sition again ⇒ page 111 .
If the camshafts are positioned as described:

Note

♦ It should be possible to insert the camshaft clamp -T10477-


easily.
♦ The camshaft clamp must not be positioned using any kind of
hammer.

– Insert camshaft clamp -T10477- as far as stop into camshaft.


– Tighten bolt -arrow- by hand.
The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.

Caution
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Do not use any sharp-edged tools tounless
permitted avoid damaging
authorised by SEATtheS.A. tooth‐
SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
ed belt. respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 113


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use the assembly tool - T10487- to push on toothed belt in


-direction of arrow-.
– While doing this, insert camshaft clamp -T10477- into cam‐
shafts as far as stop, and secure it with the bolt.
– Remove poly V-belt pulley from crankshaft ⇒ page 44 .

– Thread out the bolts -arrows- and remove the notched belt
guard.

Caution

Avoid damage to camshafts.


♦ The camshaft
Protected byclamp
copyright.-Copying
T10477- must
for private not be used
or commercial asin part
purposes, a or in whole, is not
counterhold.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Unscrew plug -1- for camshaft pulley on inlet camshaft.


– Use counter-hold tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/1- to
do this.

– Unscrew bolts -1 and 2- by approx. 1 turn.


– Use counter-hold tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/2- and
-T10172/1- to do this.

114 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen bolt -1- with tool insert - T10500- .


– Release tension on belt tensioner at eccentric -2- using span‐
ner - T10499- .
– Remove the notched belt .

– Remove crankshaft pulley -1- in -direction of arrow- from


crankshaft.
Fitting (adjusting the valve timing)

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew the damaged O-ring of the plug at the toothed belt pul‐
ley of the inlet camshaft.

• Camshaft clamp - T10477- fitted on camshaft housing.

Caution
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Risk of damage to respect
camshafts.
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ The camshaft fasteners -T10477- must not be used as re‐


tention tools.

• Crankshaft is in “TDC” position ⇒ page 111 .


• Locking pin - T10340- is screwed into cylinder block as far as
stop and tightened to 30 Nm.
• Crankshaft is turned in normal direction of rotation until it
makes contact with locking pin - T10340- = “TDC” position.

2. Toothed belt system 115


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit new bolts -1, 2- for camshaft sprockets, but do not tighten.
• It should just be possible to turn the adjusters on the camshafts
but no rocking is permissible.

• The sheet-metal tab -arrow- of the belt tensioner must engage


in the cast notch of the cylinder head.

– Fit crankshaft sprocket onto crankshaft.


• The contact surface crankshaft pulley and crankshaft must be
free of oil and grease.
• The contact surface -arrow- of the crankshaft pulley must be
positioned on the machined surface of the crankshaft journal.
Fit toothed belt in prescribed sequence:
Note the arrow for the correct direction of rotation when installing
the old toothed belt.

– Fit toothed belt -1- onto crankshaft pulley -2-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

116 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Pull toothed belt upwards and fit it on idler roller -1-, tensioner
roller -2- and camshaft pulleys -3- and -4-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Toothed belt system 117


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Turn the eccentric tappet -2- of the tensioning roller using the
hook wrench -T10499- in -direction of arrow-, until the timing
pointer -3- is approx. 10 mm to the right of the adjustment win‐
dow.
– Turn eccentric adjuster back until adjustment indicator is posi‐
tioned exactly in adjustment window.

Caution

The engine can be damaged.


Torque wrench - VAS 6583- or torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-
must be used for tightening.
No other torque wrench must be used for tightening.

Tightening with torque wrench VAS 6583

Caution

Use torque wrench only together with insert tool - T10500- .


When setting the specified torque on the torque wrench - VAS
6583- , the length indicated on insert tool - T10500- must be
entered in the torque wrench.

– Hold eccentric in that position and tighten bolt -1- to 25 Nm.


To do this, use insert tool - T10500- with torque wrench - VAS
6583- .
Tighten using torque wrench V.A.G 1410

Caution

Use torque wrench only together with insert tool - T10500- .


Set torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- to reduced specified torque
of 12 Nm.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
The required torque
permitted of 25 Nm
unless authorised is S.A.
by SEAT stillSEAT
achieved,
S.A does notbecause
guarantee or the
accept any liability with
torque wrenchrespect
- V.A.Gto the 1410- isofextended
correctness by document.
information in this the insert toolby-SEAT S.A.
Copyright
T10500- !

– Hold eccentric in this position, and tighten bolt -1- to reduced


specified torque of 12 Nm. To do this, use insert tool - T10500-
with torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- .
Continuation

Note

Turning the engine further or running the engine may lead to slight
differences in the position of the adjustment indicator -3- in rela‐
tion to the adjustment window. This does not affect the toothed
belt tension.

118 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Tighten bolts -1, 2- initially to 50 Nm using counterhold -


T10172A- with adapters -T10172/2- and -T10172/1- .

– Remove locking pin - T10340- .

– Remove bolt -arrow- and detach camshaft clamp -T10477- .


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Install toothed belt cover (bottom section) -arrows-.


– Install crankshaft pulley ⇒ page 44 .
Check valve timing:
– Turn crankshaft 2 turns in direction of engine rotation to “TDC”
position for no. 1 cylinder ⇒ page 111 .

2. Toothed belt system 119


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

• On the inlet camshaft -3- the asymmetrical grooves -1- on


gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• On the exhaust camshaft the asymmetrical grooves -1- on
gearbox end must be positioned above centre of camshaft
-2-.
• The asymmetrical grooves of the exhaust camshaft -1- are
accessible through the recesses in the toothed belt pulley of
the coolant pump drive -3-.

Note

The exhaust camshaft has two pairs of grooves: one positioned


symmetrically and one positioned asymmetrically. In “TDC” posi‐
tion, the asymmetrically positioned pair of grooves must be above
the imaginary horizontal centre line.

If the camshafts are not positioned as described:


– Turn crankshaft one rotation further in direction of engine ro‐
tation, and set it to “TDC” position again.
If the camshafts are positioned as described:

Note

♦ The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.


♦ The camshaft clamp must not be positioned using any kind of
hammer.

– Insert camshaft clamp -T10477- as far as stop into camshaft.


– Tighten bolt -arrow- by hand.
The camshaft clamp - T10477- must slide into position easily.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

120 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use the assembly tool - T10487- to push on toothed belt in


-direction of arrow-.
– While doing this, insert camshaft clamp -T10477- into cam‐
shafts as far as stop, and secure it with the bolt.
If it is not possible to insert camshaft clamp -T10477- , valve timing
is not OK.
– Remove toothed belt from camshafts, and adjust valve timing
again ⇒ page 95 .
If the camshaft clamp -T10477- can be inserted, the valve timing
is correct:

– Remove locking pin - T10340- .

– Remove bolt -arrow- and detach camshaft clamp -T10477- .

– byTighten
Protected bolts for
copyright. Copying -1,private
2- toor final specified
commercial purposes,torque ⇒whole,
in part or in page 90 using
is not

respectcounterhold
to the correctness-ofT10172A- with adapters -T10172/2-
by SEAT S.A. and -
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
information in this document. Copyright
T10172/1- .

2. Toothed belt system 121


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Tighten plug -1- to 20 Nm.


– Use counter-hold tool - T10172A- with adapter -T10172/1- to
do this.

Caution

Risk of damage to engine.


♦ After completing work, check that locking pin - T10340-
and camshaft clamp -T10477- have been removed.

Remaining assembly is performed in reverse sequence. The fol‐


lowing should be taken into account:
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 162Protected
. by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Tightening torques permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

• Bolt for crankshaft pulleys


⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38
• Bolt for toothed belt guard
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - toothed belt cover”, page 89
• Rollers and toothed belt pulleys
⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
• Bolt for ignition coil with output stage
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
• Spark plug
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
• Plug for hole in cylinder block ⇒ page 91
• Plug on camshaft housing
⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing”, page 79
• Bolts for cover of thermostat
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169
• Noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr.
50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:

122 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 Valve control
⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - valve gear”, page 123
⇒ “3.2 Measuring axial play of camshaft”, page 124
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing camshaft oil seal”, page 125
⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing camshaft adjuster”, page 130
⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing camshaft control valve 1 N205 ”,
page 131
⇒ “3.6 Removing and installing valve stem seals”, page 131

3.1 Exploded view - valve gear


⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - valves”, page 123

3.1.1 Assembly overview - valves

1 - Inlet valve
❑ Not to be reworked, only
grinding in is permissi‐
ble
❑ Valve dimensions
⇒ page 139 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ Checking valve guides permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

⇒ page 138
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2 - Outlet valve
❑ Not to be reworked, only
grinding in is permissi‐
ble
❑ Valve dimensions
⇒ page 139
❑ Checking valve guides
⇒ page 138
3 - Cylinder head
4 - Valve stem oil seal
❑ replace ⇒ page 131
5 - Valve spring
❑ Installation position
⇒ page 124
6 - Valve plate spring
7 - Valve collets
8 - Roller rocker arms
❑ removing and installing
⇒ “1.4 Removing and in‐
stalling camshaft hous‐
ing”, page 83
❑ Mark installation posi‐
tion for re-installation.
❑ Check roller bearing for
ease of movement.
❑ Lubricate contact surfaces before installing.
9 - Securing clip
❑ For hydraulic compensation element

3. Valve control 123


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

10 - Hydraulic valve compensation element


❑ Do not mix them up
❑ Oil contact surface.

Position of valve spring


• The smaller ∅ -a- faces the valve spring plate.
• The larger ∅ -b- faces the cylinder head.

3.2 Measuring axial play of camshaft


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Universal dial gauge holder - VW 387-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Dial gauge - VAS 6079-

124 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Operation process
Checking camshaft axial play
– Remove camshaft housing ⇒ page 83 .
– Secure dial gauge - VAS 6079- to camshaft housing with uni‐
versal dial gauge bracket - VW 387- as shown in illustration.
– Press camshaft against dial gauge by hand.
– Set dial gauge to “0”.
– Press camshaft away from dial gauge and read off value:
Axial clearance:
• Wear limit: 0.25 mm

3.3 Removing and installing camshaft oil


seal
⇒ “3.3.1 Removing and installing camshaft oil seal, inlet camshaft,
pulley end”, page 125
⇒ “3.3.2 Removing and installing camshaft oil seal, exhaust cam‐
shaft, pulley end”, page 127
⇒ “3.3.3 Removing and installing camshaft oil seal, exhaust cam‐
shaft, gearbox end”, page 128

3.3.1 Removing and installing camshaft oil


seal, inlet camshaft, pulley end
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly tool - T10478 B-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Removing
– Detach toothed belt from camshafts ⇒ page 95 .
– Unscrew bolt -1- and remove camshaft sprocket.

3. Valve control 125


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove seal -1- using extractor hook -T20143/1- .


Installation

Note

Do not lubricate new seal.

– Push the seal -1- -T10478/2- onto the guide sleeve; this is
done using the fitting sleeve -T10478/3- .
• Installation location: the closed side of the sealing ring points
to the assembly sleeve.
– Detach fitting sleeve from guide sleeve.

– Fit guide sleeve -T10478/2- with oil seal -1- onto camshaft.

– Draw in seal to stop using thrust piece -T10478/1A- and bolt


-1- for camshaft pulley.
–permitted
Install toothed
authorisedbelt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 102any. liability with
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

126 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3.3.2 Removing and installing camshaft oil


seal, exhaust camshaft, pulley end
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly tool - T10478 B-

Removing
– Detach toothed belt from camshafts ⇒ page 95 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Unscrewpermitted
boltrespect
-2- and
to theremove
correctnesscamshaft
of information sprocket.
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Remove seal -1- using extractor hook -T20143/1- .


Installation

Note

Do not lubricate new seal.

3. Valve control 127


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Push the seal -1- -T10478/2- onto the guide sleeve; this is
done using the fitting sleeve -T10478/3- .
• Installation location: the closed side of the sealing ring points
to the assembly sleeve.
– Detach fitting sleeve from guide sleeve.

– Fit guide sleeve -T10478/2- with oil seal -1- to camshaft.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Pull in thrust piece -T10478/1A- with bolt -T10478/5- as far as
stop.
– Install toothed belt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 102 .

3.3.3 Removing and installing camshaft oil


seal, exhaust camshaft, gearbox end
Special tools and workshop equipment required

128 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Assembly tool - T10479 A-

Removing
– Remove toothed belt pulley for coolant pump ⇒ page 176 .
– Carefully fit extractor hook -T20143/1- between camshaft and
seal -1-.
– Lever out seal.
Installation

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– If necessary, remove bur in the outer area of the grooves on


the exhaust camshaft -Arrows- with fine grain sandpaper
(grain 220 ... 1000).

Note

Do not lubricate new seal.

3. Valve control 129


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Push the seal -1- with the drift sleeve -T10479/3- onto the
guide sleeve -T10479/2- .
• Installation location: the closed side of the sealing ring points
to the assembly sleeve.
– Detach fitting sleeve from guide sleeve.

– Fit guide sleeve -T10479/2- with oil seal -2- centrally to cam‐
shaft.
– Secure guide sleeve onto camshaft using bolt -1- for coolant
pump drive sprocket. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Push seal onto camshaft and unbolt guide sleeve. respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Draw in seal -2- to stop using thrust piece -T10479/1- and bolt
-1- for toothed belt pulley for coolant pump.
– Install toothed belt pulley for coolant pump ⇒ page 176 .

3.4 Removing and installing camshaft ad‐


juster
Removing
– Detach toothed belt from camshafts ⇒ page 95 .

130 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew bolt -1-, and remove camshaft adjuster.


Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:
– Fit toothed belt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 102 .

3.5 Removing and installing camshaft con‐


trol valve 1 - N205-
Removing
– Release push-fit connector -1- and pull off.
– Unscrew bolt -2-, and remove camshaft control valve 1 -
N205- .
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:

Note Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Renew O-ring.

Tightening torque
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing”, page 79

3.6 Removing and installing valve stem


seals
⇒ “3.6.1 Removing and installing valve stem oil seals (cylinder
head installed)”, page 131
⇒ “3.6.2 Removing and installing valve stem oil seals (cylinder
head removed)”, page 135

3.6.1 Removing and installing valve stem oil


seals (cylinder head installed)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spark plug socket and extension - 3122 B-

3. Valve control 131


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Removal / installing device for valve cotters - VAS 5161A- with


set - VAS 5161A/32-32- .

♦ Compressed air adapter - VAS 5161 A/35- (not illustrated)


♦ Tool for inserting seals onto the valve stems - 3365-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Valve stem pliers - VAS 6770-

Operation process
– Remove camshaft housing ⇒ page 83 .
– Remove spark plugs using the spark plug socket - 3122 B-
– Remove locking pin - T10340- .
– Set piston of the respective cylinder to “bottom dead centre”.

132 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit guide plate -VAS 5161A/32-1- onto cylinder head and se‐
cure with knurled screws -VAS 5161/12- .
– Screw hose adapter - VAS 5161 A/35- with seal into the re‐
spective glow-plug thread and tighten by hand.
– Connect adapter to compressed air supply using a commer‐
cially available union and apply pressure continuously.
• at least 6 bar
– Apply drift -VAS 5161/3A- to guide plate and use plastic-head‐
ed hammer to release sticking valve cotter pins.

– Screw snap-in device -VAS 5161/6- with engaging fork -


VAS 5161/5- into guide plate.
– Insert assembly cartridge -VAS 5161A/32-2- (slide on sleeve
-VAS 5161A/32-3- ) in guide plate.
– Attach pressure fork -VAS 5161/2- to toothed piece and press
assembly cartridge down.
– At the same time, turn knurled screw of assembly cartridge
clockwise until tips engage in valve cotters.
– Move knurled screw back and forth to press apart valve cotters
and capture them in assembly cartridge.
– Release pressure fork.
– Remove assembly cartridge.
– Detach guide plate and turn to one side.
• The compressed air hose remains connected.
– Remove
Protectedvalve spring
by copyright. and
Copying for valve
private orspring plate.
commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Pull off valve stem seal using valve stem pliers - VAS 6770- .

Caution

Risk of damage when installing valve stem seals.

3. Valve control 133


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– New valve stem oil seals -B- are supplied with plastic sleeve;
fit plastic sleeve -A- onto valve stem.
– Lightly oil sealing lip of valve stem seal.
– Push valve stem oil seal onto plastic sleeve.
– Carefully press valve stem oil seal onto valve guide using
valve stem seal fitting tool - 3365- .
– Remove the plastic sleeve.

If the valve cotters have been removed from the assembly car‐
tridge, they must first be inserted into the insertion device.
• Larger diameter of valve cotter pins faces upwards.
– Press assembly cartridge onto insertion device from above
and pick up valve cotters.
– Insert valve spring and valve spring plate; installation position
of valve spring ⇒ page 124 .

– Secure guide plate -VAS 5161A/32-1- back onto cylinder


head.
– Insert assembly cartridge -VAS 5161A/32-2- with sleeve -VAS
5161A/32-3- into guide plate.
– Press the pressure fork together and pull upwards towards the
knurled screw and at the same time turn towards the left and
right. The valve cones are mounted in this way.
– Reduce pressure on pressure fork whilst pulling on knurled
screw.
– Repeat procedure on each valve.
Assembling
Install in reverse order: The following should be taken into ac‐
count:
– Install glow plugs ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet KG1 .
– Install camshaft housing ⇒ page 83 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - camshaft housing”, page 79
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Plenum cham‐
ber partition panel; Assembly overview .
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Protected
gr. 55by; copyright.
Bonnet; Re‐ for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Copying
moving and installing lower windscreen ventilation grille .
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing drive


shafts; Removing and installing drive shafts or ⇒ Running
gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing drive shafts; Re‐
moving and installing drive shafts with a "tripod joint"

134 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3.6.2 Removing and installing valve stem oil


seals (cylinder head removed)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal / installing device for valve cotters - VAS 5161A- with
set - VAS 5161A/32-32- .

♦ Engine and gearbox support - VAS 6095-

♦ Cylinder head clamping device - VAS 6419-

♦ Valve stem pliers - VAS 6770-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3. Valve control 135


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Tool for inserting seals onto the valve stems - 3365-

Operation process
– Removing cylinder head ⇒ page 80
– Insert cylinder head tensioning device - VAS 6419- into engine
and gearbox support - VAS 6095- .
– Secure cylinder head in cylinder head tensioning device, as
shown in illustration.
– Connect cylinder head clamping device to compressed air.
– Use lever -arrow- to slide air cushion under combustion cham‐
ber from which valve stem seals are to be removed.
– Allow compressed air to flow into air cushion until it lies against
valve disc.

– Fit guide plate -VAS 5161A/32-1- onto cylinder head and se‐
cure with knurled screws -VAS 5161/12- .
– Insert punch -VAS 5161/3A- into guide plate.
– Use a plastic hammer to knock loose the firmly seated valve
cotters.

– Screw snap-in device -VAS 5161/6- with engaging fork -


VAS 5161/5- into guide plate.
– Insert assembly cartridge -VAS 5161A/32-2- (slide on sleeve
-VAS 5161A/32-3- ) in guide plate.
– Attach pressure fork -VAS 5161/2- to toothed piece and press
assembly cartridge down.
– At the same time, turn knurled screw of assembly cartridge
clockwise until tips engage in valve cotters.
– Move knurled screw back and forth to press apart valve cotters
and capture them in assembly cartridge.
– Release pressure fork.
– Remove assembly
Protected bycartridge.
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Detach guide plate and turn to one side.
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Remove valve spring and valve spring plate.

136 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Pull off valve stem seal using valve stem pliers - VAS 6770- .

Caution

Risk of damage when installing valve stem seals.

– New valve stem oil seals -B- are supplied with plastic sleeve;
fit plastic sleeve -A- onto valve stem.
– Lightly oil sealing lip of valve stem seal.
– Push valve stem oil seal onto plastic sleeve.
– Carefully press valve stem oil seal onto valve guide using
valve stem seal fitting tool - 3365- .
– Remove the plastic sleeve.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

If the valve cotters have been removed from the assembly car‐
tridge, they must first be inserted into the insertion device.
• Larger diameter of valve cotter pins faces upwards.
– Press assembly cartridge onto insertion device from above
and pick up valve cotters.
– Insert valve spring and valve spring plate; installation position
of valve spring ⇒ page 124 .

– Secure guide plate -VAS 5161A/32-1- back onto cylinder


head.
– Insert assembly cartridge -VAS 5161A/32-2- with sleeve -VAS
5161A/32-3- into guide plate.
– Press the pressure fork together and pull upwards towards the
knurled screw and at the same time turn towards the left and
right. The valve cones are mounted in this way.
– Reduce pressure on pressure fork whilst pulling on knurled
screw.
– Repeat procedure on each valve.
– Install cylinder head ⇒ page 80 .

3. Valve control 137


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4 Inlet and exhaust valves


⇒ “4.1 Valve guides: verification”, page 138
⇒ “4.2 Valves: checking”, page 138
⇒ “4.3 Valve dimensions”, page 139

4.1 Valve guides: verification


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Universal dial gauge holder - VW 387-

♦ Dial gauge - VAS 6079-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Checking sequence
– Insert a new valve in the guide. The end of the valve stem
should be flush with the guide. Due to the slight difference in
stem dimensions, ensure that only an inlet valve is used in the
inlet guide and an exhaust valve in the exhaust guide.
– Determine sideways play.
• Wear limit 0.5 mm.
– If the wear limit is exceeded, repeat the measurement with
new valves.
– Renew cylinder head if wear limit is still exceeded.

Note

Valve guides cannot be renewed.

4.2 Valves: checking


– Check for scoring on valve stems and valve seat surfaces.
– Exchange valve if significant scoring can be seen.

138 Rep. gr.15 - Cylinder head, valve gear


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4.3 Valve dimensions

Note

The intake and exhaust valves should not be refaced or reworked.


Only lapping-in is permitted.

Dim. Inlet valve Outlet valve


∅a mm 29,5 27,0
∅b mm 4,973 4,963
c mm 110,25 110,09
α ∠° 45 30

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4. Inlet and exhaust valves 139


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

17 – Lubrication
1 Sump/oil pump
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump”, page 140
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing sump (bottom section)”,
page 142
⇒ “1.3 Oil pump: removing and installing”, page 145
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing sump (top section)”, page 147
⇒ “1.5 Engine oil”, page 150

1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump

Note

♦ Metal shavings or a large quantity of small metal particles found during engine repair could indicate that the
crankshaft bearings or conrod bearings are damaged. To avoid resulting damages, complete the following
work steps after repair: carefully clean oil lines; replace oil jets, engine cooler and oil filter.
♦ Oil spray jet andpermitted
pressure relief valve
Protected by copyright. Copying⇒forpage
private 73
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1 - Dipstick
❑ Oil capacities ⇒ Main‐
tenance tables
2 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Lubricate before instal‐
ling
3 - Vent valve
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion:
4 - Cap
5 - Baffle plate
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 154
❑ Replace if damaged
6 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torques and
tightening sequence
⇒ page 154
7 - Oil pressure switch - F1-
❑ 0,03 ... 0.06 MPa
(0.3 … 0.6 bar)
❑ Checking oil pressure
switch ⇒ page 157 .
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Electrical connector
9 - Baffle
10 - Sump (top section)
❑ removing and installing

140 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

⇒ page 147
11 - Oil filter
❑ Moisten with oil before installing.
❑ If outer circumference of oil filter is damaged, renew oil filter.
❑ 20 Nm
12 - for oil sump - lower part
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 142
13 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torques and tightening sequence ⇒ page 142
14 - Oil seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed
15 - Oil drain plug
❑ 30 Nm
16 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Tightening torques and tightening sequence ⇒ page 142
17 - Intake manifold
18 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
19 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Tightening torques ⇒ page 147 .
20 - Bolt
❑ For tensioning assembly
❑ Tightening torques
Protected by copyright. ⇒ page
Copying 38 or. commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
21 - Oil sealrespect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ replace ⇒ page 48
❑ for oil pump drive
22 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Tightening torques ⇒ page 147 .
23 - Oil pump
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 145
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 147 .
24 - Seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Note guide pins for proper positioning.

1. Sump/oil pump 141


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Sump (bottom section) - tightening torque and sequence


– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:
stage: Bolts Tightening torque
1. -1- to -19- Screw in by hand until they make con‐
tact
2. -1- to -19- 12 Nm

Sump (top section) - tightening torque and sequence

Note

Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.

– Tighten bolts in stages in the sequence shown:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1- to -19- Screw in by hand until they make con‐
tact
1. -1- to -19- 8 Nm
2. -1- to -19- turn 90° further

1.2 Removing and installing sump (bottom


section)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket - T10058-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

142 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Tray - VAS 6208-

♦ Sealant remover
♦ Cleaner and degreaser
♦ Protective goggles and gloves
♦ Silicone sealant ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA”
Removing
– Drain the engine oil.
– Slacken and remove bolts in the sequence: -19 ... 1-.

Note

When hardened, the sealant has a high adhesive strength.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Sump/oil pump 143


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit a suitable screwdriver at the position marked with an


-arrow-, and carefully lever off lower part of sump.
– Detach sump (bottom section). If necessary, detach lower part
of sump with light blows using a rubber headed hammer.
Installation

WARNING

Wear protective gloves when working with sealant and grease


remover!

– Remove sealant residue on cylinder block and sump using a


chemical sealant remover.
– Degrease the sealing permitted
surfaces.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

♦ Observe use-by date of sealant.


♦ The sump must be installed within 5 minutes after applying
sealant.
♦ The sump can be positioned more easily and with greater se‐
curity if two M6 studs are screwed into the upper part of sump.

144 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Cut off nozzle tube at the front marking (∅ of nozzle approx.


3 mm).

Caution

Make sure lubrication system is not clogged by excess sealant.


♦ The bead of sealant must not be thicker than specified.

– Apply sealant to clean sealing surface of sump as shown in


illustration.
The strip of sealant must:
♦ 2…3 mm thick.
♦ Run bead along inner side of bolt holes -arrows-.

Note

♦ Apply the sealant bead with particular care around the sealing
flange.
♦ The lower part of sump must be installed within 5 minutes after
sealant is applied.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Fit lower part of sump, and tighten permitted
bolts. unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

After installing lower part of sump, wait about 30 minutes for seal‐
ant to dry. Only then should the engine be refilled with oil.

– Replenish engine oil and check oil level.


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Sump (bottom section) - tightening torque and se‐
quence”“ , page 142

1.3 Oil pump: removing and installing


Removing
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
Disconnecting and reconnecting battery .
– Remove toothed belt ⇒ page 108
– Remove lower part of sump ⇒ page 142 .
– Remove suction pipe of oil pump ⇒ Item 17 (page 141) .
– Remove upper section of sump ⇒ page 147 .
– Remove baffle plate ⇒ Item 8 (page 140) .
– Remove tensioner for poly V-belt
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing tensioner for poly V-belt”, page
44 .
– Remove alternator ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Alter‐
nator; Removing and installing alternator .
– Remove crankshaft oil seal on belt pulley end ⇒ page 48 .

1. Sump/oil pump 145


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew oil pump securing bolts -1- and -2-.


– Pull oil pump off dowel pins on cylinder block in a straight line.

– Remove gasket -1- from dowel pins -arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Installation
– Fit new gasket -1- onto dowel pins -arrows-.

– Rotate oil pump gear to a position where 2 opposing notches


-arrows- are aligned as shown in illustration.
– Fit oil pump onto dowel pins.

146 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Tightening torques
– Tighten new securing bolts -1- and -2- in the specified se‐
quence:
stage: Bolts Tightening torque/angle specification
1. -1- 5 Nm
2. -2- 10 Nm
3. -1- 8 Nm
4. -2- 20 Nm
5. -1- and -2- turn 90° further
– Install the new gasket ring for the crankshaft on the belt pulley
side ⇒ page 48 .
– Install top section of sump ⇒ page 147 .
– Install toothed belt (adjust valve timing) ⇒ page 115 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Tightening torques
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump”, page 140
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - toothed belt”, page 90
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38
♦ ⇒ Electrical system: General notes; Rep. gr. 27 ; Checking
and repairing alternator
♦ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery - Assembly
overview

1.4 Removing and installing sump (top sec‐


tion)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket - T10058-

♦ Electric drill with plastic brush attachment


♦ Protective glasses
♦ Sealant ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue

1. Sump/oil pump 147


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Vehicles with air conditioning compressor:


– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ page 43 .
– Disconnect electrical connector -1- to air conditioning com‐
pressor regulating valve - N280- .

WARNING

Risk of injury caused by refrigerant.


Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines
and hoses.
♦ The air conditioning refrigerant circuit must not be opened.
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove bolts -arrows- for air conditioner compressor.


– Detach air conditioner compressor with refrigerant lines still
connected and tie up to right side.
All vehicles (continued):
– Remove lower part of sump ⇒ page 142 .

– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows- for gearbox to upper section


of sump -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

148 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Slacken and remove bolts in the sequence: -19 ... 1-.


– Carefully release sump (top section) from bonded joint.
– Detach baffle plate.
Installation

Note

♦ Renew the bolts tightened with specified tightening angle.


♦ Renew seals, gaskets and self-locking nuts.

Caution

Risk of soiling lubrication system.


♦ Cover exposed parts of the engine.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Remove sealant residues from cylinder block with a flat scra‐
per.

WARNING

There is a risk of injury to the eyes.


♦ Use protective goggles.

– Use e.g. a rotating plastic brush to remove sealant residue on


sump (top section) flange.
– Check oil passages in sump (top section) and in cylinder block
for dirt.
– Clean surfaces; they must be free of oil and grease.

Note

Observe use-by date of sealant.

Caution

Make sure lubrication system is not clogged by excess sealant.


♦ The bead of sealant must not be thicker than specified.

1. Sump/oil pump 149


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Cut off nozzle of tube at front marking (nozzle ∅ approx. 2


mm).
– Apply bead of sealant -arrow- onto clean sealing surface of
sump (top section) as shown in illustration.
• Thickness of the sealant grub: 2 ... 3 mm.

Note

The sump (top section) must be installed within 5 minutes after


applying the sealant.

– Check that dowel pin -2- is securely seated in cylinder block.


– Attach baffle plate -1- to cylinder block.
– Fit sump (top section) and tighten bolts ⇒ page 142 .
Remaining installation sequence carried out in reverse sequence;
note the following:
– Fit the oil pump ⇒ page 145 .
– Install air conditioning compressor ⇒ Heating andbyfresh
Protected airCopying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
copyright.
system, air conditioning system; Rep. gr. permitted
87 ; Components
unless authorised of
by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
the air conditioning system – Engine compartment;respect Removing
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
and installing compressor .
– Replenish engine oil and check oil level ⇒ Maintenance ;
Booklet .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - sump and oil pump”, page 140
♦ ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Removing and installing gearbox; Specified
torques for gearbox
♦ ⇒ Heating and fresh air system, air conditioning system; Rep.
gr. 87 ; Components of the air conditioning system – Engine
compartment; Removing and installing compressor

1.5 Engine oil


Engine oil capacity
With oil filter, 4.0 l:
For oil capacities, oil specifications and viscosity grades refer to
⇒ Maintenance tables .

150 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Engine oil radiator


⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - engine oil cooler”, page 151
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing engine oil cooler”, page 151

2.1 Assembly overview - engine oil cooler

1 - Engine oil radiator


❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 151
❑ After replacing, renew
coolant completely
2 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 4x
❑ 8 Nm + turn +90° further
3 - Oil seals
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved

2.2 Removing and installing engine oil cool‐


er
Removing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
– Remove intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .

2. Engine oil radiator 151


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and detach engine oil cooler -1-.


Installation
– Insert new O-rings.
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:
– Installing intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 166 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - engine oil cooler”, page 151
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

152 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 For engine block ventilation heater


⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - crankcase breather system”,
page 153
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing the oil separator”, page 154

3.1 Assembly overview - crankcase breather system

1 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ 9 Nm
2 - Baffle plate
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 154
❑ Replace if damaged
3 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
❑ Lubricate before instal‐
ling Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Protected by copyright.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
4respect
- Connecting nipple
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ Note installation posi‐


tion:
5 - Flexible hose
❑ For crankcase ventila‐
tion.

Oil separator - tightening torque and sequence


– Tighten bolts in the sequence -1- to -9- to 9 Nm.

3. For engine block ventilation heater 153


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3.2 Removing and installing the oil separa‐


tor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Sealant remover
♦ Cleaner and degreaser
♦ Protective goggles and gloves
♦ Silicone sealant ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA”
Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Remove intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .
– Loosen and unscrew bolts in the sequence -9- to -1-.
– Carefully release oil separator from bonded joint.
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:

WARNING

Wear protective gloves when working with sealant and grease


remover!

– Remove sealant residue on cylinder block and sump using a


chemical sealant remover.
– Degrease the sealing surfaces.

Caution

Risk of soiling lubrication system.


♦ Cover any opened engine components.

Note

Observe use-by date of sealant.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

154 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Cut off nozzle tube at the front marking (∅ of nozzle approx.


1.5 mm).

Caution

Make sure lubrication system is not clogged by excess sealant.


♦ The bead of sealant must not be thicker than specified.

– Apply bead of sealant -arrow- onto clean sealing surface of oil


separator as shown in illustration.
• Thickness of sealant bead: 1.5 mm

Note

The oil separator must be installed within 5 minutes after sealant


is applied.

– Fit oil separator, and tighten bolts.


– Tighten bolts in the sequence -1- to -9-.
The remaining installation steps are carried out in reverse se‐
quence - note the following points:
Tightening torque
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - crankcase breather system”, page
153
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3. For engine block ventilation heater 155


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4 Oil filter, oil pressure switch


⇒ “4.1 Exploded view - oil filter/oil pressure switches”,
page 156
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing oil pressure switch F1 ”,
page 156
⇒ “4.3 Testing oil pressure”, page 157
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing oil filter housing”, page 159

4.1 Exploded view - oil filter/oil pressure switches

1 - Oil filter
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 159
❑ Before installing, lightly
coat seal with clean en‐
gine oil.
❑ See note ⇒ page 140
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Oil pressure switch - F1-
❑ Switch pressure 0.03 ...
0.06 MPa
(0.3 … 0.6 bar)
❑ Checking oil pressure
switch
⇒ “4.3 Testing oil pres‐
sure”, page 157 .
❑ removing and installing
⇒ “4.2 Removing and in‐
stalling oil pressure
switch F1 ”, page 156
❑ 20 Nm
3 - Oil seal
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ permitted
Mustrespect
be renewed
unless if re‐
authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

moved
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4.2 Removing and installing oil pressure


switch - F1-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

156 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Flexible-head spanner SW 24 - T40175-

Removing
– Release push-fit connector -2- and pull off.

Caution

The alternator must be covered with a cloth in order to avoid


damage due to spilled engine oil.

– Remove oil pressure switch - F1- -1-.


Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:

Note

♦ Renew seal.
♦ Insert the new oil pressure switch - F1- immediately into the
bore so that no larger amounts of oil can escape.

– Check oil level ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet .


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Exploded view - oil filter/oil pressure switches”,
page 156
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

4.3 Testing oil pressure


respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Oil pressure tester - V.A.G 1342-

4. Oil filter, oil pressure switch 157


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Auxiliary cable kit - V.A.G 1594 C-

♦ Pressure tester - V.A.G 1527B-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

• Oil level OK, checking ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet


• Engine oil temperature: at least 80 °C (the cooler fan must
have run once)
Testing oil pressure
– Remove oil pressure switch - F1- ⇒ page 156 .
– Screw oil pressure tester - V.A.G 1342- into bore for oil pres‐
sure switch in cylinder head.
– Screw oil pressure switch - F1- into bore in oil pressure tester
- V.A.G 1342- .
– Start engine.
• Minimum oil pressure at idling speed: 0.1 MPa (1 bar)
• Minimum oil pressure at 3000 rpm: 0.25 MPa (2.5 bar)
• Minimum oil pressure at 4500 rpm: 0.3 MPa (3 bar)

Note

♦ Mechanical damage, e.g. to worn bearings or camshaft ad‐


justers, could also be the cause for oil pressure being too low.
♦ The oil pressure must not exceed 0.5 MPa (5 bar). Otherwise
the fault is in the pump control circuit.

Checking oil pressure switch - F1-


– Switch off the engine.

158 Rep. gr.17 - Lubrication


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Connect brown wire of tester to earth (-).


– Connect voltage tester - V.A.G 1527B- to battery positive (+)
and oil pressure switch - F1- using cables from auxiliary test
set - V.A.G 1594C- .
• LED should not light up.
If the LED lights up:
– Replace oil pressure switch - F1- .
If the LED does not light up:
– Start engine, and increase speed.
• between 0.03... 0.06 MPa (0.3 ... 0.6 bar) of oil pressure, the
LED should light up; if not, the oil pressure switch must be
renewed ⇒ page 156 .
– Install the oil pressure switch - F1- ⇒ page 156 .

4.4 Removing and installing oil filter housing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Oil filter tool - 3417-
Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Drain engine oil ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet .
– Remove oil filter -arrow- with oil filter tool - 3417- .
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:
– Moisten seal of oil filter with engine oil.
– Tighten oil filter to specified torque of 20 Nm using oil filter tool
- 3417- .
– Fill engine oil.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4. Oil filter, oil pressure switch 159


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

19 – Cooling
1 Cooling system/coolant
⇒ “1.1 Diagram - coolant hose connections”, page 160
⇒ “1.2 Draining off and filling coolant”, page 162
⇒ “1.3 Check the cooling system for leaks”, page 166

1.1 Diagram - coolant hose connections

Note

♦ Brown = coolant circuit for heater


♦ Green = coolant circuit for ATF (only for vehicles with auto‐
matic gearbox)
♦ Arrows show direction of coolant flow.
♦ The arrow markings on the coolant pipes and on the ends of
the hoses must be aligned with each other.

1 - Radiator Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ After replacing, renew respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
coolant completely
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 186
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 187
2 - Cylinder head and cylinder
block
❑ After replacing, renew
coolant completely
3 - Coolant expansion tank
4 - Cap
❑ For coolant expansion
tank
❑ Checking pressure re‐
lief valve ⇒ page 168
5 - Coolant temperature send‐
er - G62-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 171
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 180
6 - Heat exchanger for heater
❑ After replacing, renew
coolant completely
7 - Coolant pump
❑ with thermostat housing
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 169
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 173

160 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

8 - ATF cooler
❑ Only vehicles with an automatic gearbox
9 - Engine oil radiator
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 151
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 151
10 - Radiator outlet coolant temperature sender - G83-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 171
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 181

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cooling system/coolant 161


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.2 Draining off and filling coolant

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-
♦ Drip tray for workshop hoist
- VAS 6208-
♦ Hose clip pliers - VAS
6340-
♦ Coolant charger -
VAS 6096-
♦ Adapter for cooling system
tester - V.A.G 1274/8-
♦ Protective glasses
♦ Protective gloves
♦ Cooling system tester -
V.A.G 1274 B-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

162 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Draining off
– Open filler cap -arrow- on coolant expansion tank.

WARNING

When the engine is warm the cooling system is under pressure.


Hot steam/hot coolant can escape - risk of scalding.
To allow pressure to dissipate, cover filler cap on coolant ex‐
pansion tank with cloth and open carefully.

– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Place drip tray for workshop hoist - VAS 6208- underneath.

– Disconnect connector -2- from radiator outlet coolant temper‐


ature sender - G83- -3-.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- and remove lower left coolant hose
from radiator.
– Drain coolant.
Filling

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Cooling system/coolant 163


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Note

♦ The amount of water used in the coolant mixture has a great


influence on its effectiveness. The quality of water to be used
is specified since the ingredients can vary from one land or
region to another. Distilled water fulfils all requirements. For
this reason, we recommend using distilled water when mixing
coolant for topping up or replacing coolant.
♦ Use only coolant additives in accordance with the ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue (ETKA) . Other coolant additives could seri‐
ously impair in particular the anti-corrosion properties. The
resulting damage could lead to loss of coolant and subsequent
severe damage to the engine.
♦ The correct coolant solution ratio helps prevent damage from
freezing and corrosion as well as scaling. Moreover, the boil‐
ing temperature is raised. Therefore, the cooling system must
be filled all year round with coolant additive.
♦ Thanks to this rise in the boiling point, the coolant guarantees
good running, even when the engine undergoes heavy strain,
especially in countries with tropical climates.
♦ ONLY refractometer - T10007A- may be used for determining
current anti-freeze value.
♦ The anti-freeze must be effective down to at least -25ºC; in
cold countries down to approx. -36ºC . The efficiency of the
anti-freeze may only be increased if a higher level of frost pro‐
tection is required due to climatic conditions. But only to -48 °
C. Otherwise, the cooling effect of the coolant will be impaired.
♦ The concentration of the coolant must not be reduced by add‐
ing water in summer or in countries with hot climates. The frost
protection must be at least -25 ℃.
♦ Read off anti-freeze figures for respective replenished anti-
freeze.
♦ The temperature read off the refractometer - T10007A- equa‐
tes to the »ice flocculation point«. Ice flocculation can start
forming in the coolant below this temperature.
♦ Do not reuse the used coolant.
♦ Use only a water/anti-freeze mixture as a slip agent for coolant
hoses. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Recommended mixture ratio for coolant
Anti-freeze pro‐ Coolant additive Coolant ad‐ Distilled wa‐
tection concentration ditive 1) ter 1)
up to
-25 ℃ 40 % 3.2 l 4.8 l
-36 ℃ 50 % 4.0 l 4.0 l
1)The quantity of coolant can vary depending on the vehicle
equipment.
• Coolant ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
Operation process
– Connect coolant hose with plug-in connector to radiator (bot‐
tom left) ⇒ page 187 .

164 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fill reservoir of -VAS 6096- with at least 10 litres of pre-mixed


coolant in correct mixture ratio:
– Fit adapter for cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274/8- onto
coolant expansion tank.
– Place cooling system charge unit - VAS 6096- on adapter -
V.A.G 1274/8- .
– Run vent hose -1- into a small container -2-.

Note

Exhaust air takes a slight quantity of coolant along with it; this
should be collected.

– Close both valves -A- and -B- (turn lever at right angles to di‐
rection of flow).
– Connect hose -3- to compressed air.
• 6 ... 10 bar of working pressure.

– Open valve -B- by setting lever in direction of flow.


• The suction jet pump generates a vacuum in the cooling sys‐
tem.
• The display instrument needle must move to the green area.
– In addition, briefly open valve -A- (turn lever in direction of flow
to do this) so that hose on reservoir of -VAS 6096- fills with
coolant.
– Close valve -A- again.
– Leave valve -B- open for another 2 minutes.
• The suction jet pump will continue generating a vacuum in the
cooling system.
• The pointer of the indicator must remain in the green zone.
– Close valve -B-.
• The needle on the gauge must stay in the green zone.
• Then
Protected theCopying
by copyright. vacuum in the
for private coolingpurposes,
or commercial system is sufficient
in part or in whole, is for
not the
subsequent filling.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

♦ If the needle does not reach the green zone, repeat the proc‐
ess.
♦ If the vacuum drops, the cooling system must be checked for
leaks.

– Pull out pressure hose.


– Open valve -A-.
• The partial vacuum in cooling system causes coolant to be
extracted from -VAS 6096- reservoir and coolant system to be
filled.
– Detach cooling system charge unit - VAS 6096- from coolant
expansion tank.

1. Cooling system/coolant 165


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fill coolant up to max. mark.


– Install noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– On vehicles with auxiliary heater, switch heater on (for about
30 seconds) and then off again.
– Set temperature to “HI”.
– Switch off air conditioner compressor.
• LED in button should not light up.
– Start engine and run between 1500 to maximum 2800 rpm
until the radiator fan jumps on.
– Close filler cap on coolant expansion tank (make sure it en‐
gages).
– Switch off ignition and allow engine to cool down.

– Check coolant level.


– Screw on the adapter for the cooling system testing device -
V.A.G 1274/8- on the expansion reservoir.
– Using the cooling system testing device - V.A.G 1274 B- enter
1 bar overpressure on the cooling system.
– Use tester to relieve pressure and remove cooling system
tester - V.A.G 1274 B- .
– When the engine is running, fill coolant up to about 5 mm
above the maximum mark.
• When the engine is cold, the coolant level must be between
the min. and the max. marks.
• When the engine is at operating temperature the coolant level
can be at or above the max. mark.

1.3 Check the cooling system for leaks


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274 B-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

166 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Adapter for cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274/8-

♦ Adapter for cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274/9-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Operation process
– Open filler cap -arrow- on coolant expansion tank.
• Engine at operating temperature

WARNING

Hot steam/hot coolant can escape - risk of scalding.


♦ The cooling system is under pressure when the engine is
hot.
♦ To allow pressure to dissipate, cover filler cap on coolant
expansion tank with cloth and open carefully.

1. Cooling system/coolant 167


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Fit cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274 B- with adapter -


V.A.G 1274/8- onto coolant expansion tank.
– Build up a pressure of approx. 1.0 bar using the hand pump of
the cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274 B- .
– If this pressure is not maintained, locate and rectify leaks.

Checking pressure relief valve in filler cap


– Fit cooling system tester - V.A.G 1274 B- with adapter -
V.A.G 1274/9- onto filler cap.
– Build up pressure with hand pump on cooling system tester.
♦ The pressure relief valve should open at a pressure of 1.6 ...
1.8 bar. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

168 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Coolant pump, regulation of cooling


system
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169
⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - coolant temperature senders”,
page 171
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing coolant pump”, page 173
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing toothed belt pulley for coolant
pump”, page 176
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing thermostat”, page 177
⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing coolant temperature sender G62
”, page 180
⇒ “2.7 Removing and installing radiator outlet coolant tempera‐
ture sender G83 ”, page 181

2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat

1 - Thermostat housing
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 179
❑ Observe tightening se‐
quence when tightening
to coolant pump
⇒ page 173 .
2 - Coolant thermostat:
❑ For large coolant circuit
(cylinder block circuit)
❑ Starts to open at approx.
87 ℃
❑ Different versions ⇒
Electronic Parts Cata‐
logue “ETKA”
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 179
3 - Seal
❑ Mustpermitted
be renewed
Protected if re‐
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
moved respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with

❑ Observe proper seating


of seal.
❑ Lightly coat with coolant
before installing.
4 - Coolant pump
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 173
❑ If coolant pump is re‐
newed, also renew
toothed belt.
5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Tightening sequence
⇒ page 171

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 169


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

6 - Seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Observe proper seating of seal.
❑ Lightly coat with coolant before installing.
7 - Toothed belt guard
❑ For toothed belt for coolant pump
8 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ 20 Nm + turn +90° further
9 - Notched belt
❑ Renew when exchanging coolant pump.
❑ For coolant pump drive
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 173
10 - Toothed belt pulley
❑ For coolant pump drive
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 176
11 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 171 .
13 - Cap
❑ For thermostat. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
14 - Seal respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ Must be renewed if removed


❑ Lightly coat with coolant before installing.
15 - Coolant thermostat:
❑ For small coolant circuit (cylinder head circuit)
❑ Starts to open at approx. 80 ℃
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 177
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 170
16 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 175 .

Installation position of thermostat for large cooling circuit


• Must be positioned with centring pin in guide -arrow- in ther‐
mostat housing.

170 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Thermostat housing to coolant pump - tightening torque and se‐


quence
– Tighten bolts in the sequence -A ... F- to 8 Nm.

Cover for thermostat to thermostat housing - tightening torque

Note

Start thread cutting screws by hand so that they are screwed into
the existing thread. Then, tighten bolt to specified torque.

– Protected
Tighten bolts for
by copyright. cover
Copying -1- in
for private sequence
or commercial -A- to
purposes, -D-orto
in part 8 Nm.
in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2.2 Exploded view - coolant temperature senders

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 171


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
2 - Support ring
3 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
4 - Coolant temperature send‐
er - G62-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 180
5 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
6 - Radiator outlet coolant tem‐
perature sender - G83-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 181
7 - Retaining clip
❑ Check for firm attach‐
ment

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

172 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2.3 Removing and installing coolant pump

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-
♦ Drip tray for workshop hoist
- VAS 6208-
♦ Hose clip pliers - VAS
6340-
♦ Coolant charger - VAS
6096-
♦ Adapter for cooling system
tester - V.A.G 1274/8-
♦ Torque wrenches - VAS
6583- Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Release tool - T10527-


♦ Release tool - T10527/1-

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 173


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Unscrew bolts -2- for coolant pipe -3-, and push pipe to one
side.

– Move clear electrical wiring harness -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1, 3-, and remove toothed belt guard -2- for
coolant pump toothed belt.

– Release hose clips -arrows- and detach coolant hoses.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

174 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen and unscrew bolts in the sequence -5- to -1-.


– Detach coolant pump with toothed belt.
– Detach thermostat housing if coolant pump is being renewed
⇒ page 177 .
Installation

Note

♦ Renew gaskets -arrows-.


♦ If coolant pump is being renewed, renew toothed belt as well.
♦ Secure all hose connections with hose clips corresponding to
original equipment ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .

– Ensure proper seating of gaskets -arrows-.


– Lubricate seal for coolant pump lightly with coolant.

Caution

Always adhere to the sequence of work steps given below


when installing the coolant pump.
This ensures that the toothed belt is correctly tensioned.
The following work steps must be carried out with the aid of a
2nd mechanic.

• Always renew the toothed belts in conjunction with the fitting


of a new coolant pump.
– Set No. 1 cylinder to TDC ⇒ page 91 .
– Fit toothed belt centrally onto camshaft sprocket and coolant
pump toothed belt pulley .
– Mount coolant pump on cylinder head with securing bolts.

– Pre-tighten bolts in the specified sequence:


stage: Bolts Tightening torque
1. -1- to -5- Screw in by hand until they make con‐
tact
2. -1- to -5- 10 Nm
– Loosen all bolts again by one turn.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 175


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Apply a torque wrench, e.g., -VAS 6583- with a socket bit of


width across flats of 10 -item 6- on the hexagon socket of the
coolant pump.
– Using torque wrench, e. g. -VAS 6583- , preload coolant pump
clockwise to 30 Nm.

Note

♦ Do not support torque wrench with your other hand.


♦ To ensure the poly V-belt is not over-tensioned, do not »push
the torque wrench again« after the specified torque has been
achieved.

– Pre-load coolant pump.


– While doing so, have a second mechanic tighten coolant pump
securing bolts in clockwise direction from right to left.
– Starting with bolts -2-, -1- and -5- (»stage 3«), pretighten to
10 Nm.
– Then, tighten securing bolts (»stage 4«).
stage: Bolts Tightening torque
3. -2, 1, 5- 10 Nm
4. -3, 4, 5, 1, 2- 12 Nm
The remaining installation steps are carried out in reverse se‐
quence - note the following points:
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 166 .
Tightening torques
Part Tightening torque
Thermostat housing to coolant 7 Nm
pump
Coolant pump 12 Nm
Toothed belt guard 8 Nm
Bolts for coolant pipe ⇒ page 183
Tightening torques Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Tightening sequence for coolant pump ⇒ page 175 respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,


page 169
♦ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery - Assembly
overview

2.4 Removing and installing toothed belt


pulley for coolant pump
Special tools and workshop equipment required

176 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Counterhold - T10172- with adapter -T10172/2-

Removing
– Remove coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .
– Loosen bolt -1- using counterhold tool - T10172A- with adapt‐
ers -T10172/2- .
– Unscrew bolt, and remove toothed belt pulley of coolant pump
drive -2-.
Installation
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
The
permitted remaining
unless installation
authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT isS.A
carried
does notout in the
guarantee reverse
or accept order;
any liability with note
the following:
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Fit toothed belt pulley of the coolant pump drive onto camshaft.
– The asymmetrical grooves -1- and -2- in the camshaft must be
exactly centred in the recesses -arrows- in the toothed belt
pulley.
• The grooves -1- and -2- in the camshaft are arranged asym‐
metrically.
• The recesses -arrows- in the toothed belt pulley of the coolant
pump drive are also arranged asymmetrically.
– Fit the coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .
Tightening torque
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - coolant pump and thermostat”,
page 169

2.5 Removing and installing thermostat


⇒ “2.5.1 Removing and installing thermostat for large cooling cir‐
cuit”, page 177
⇒ “2.5.2 Removing and installing thermostat for small cooling cir‐
cuit”, page 179

2.5.1 Removing and installing thermostat for


large cooling circuit
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 177


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Hose clip pliers - VAS 6362-

♦ Spanner - T10508-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Removing
– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162
– Release hose clip -4- and detach coolant hose -3-.
– Remove bolts -arrows- and detach cover -2- from thermostat
housing.

– Remove thermostat using special wrench - T10508- .


– Slightly push down special wrench - T10508- and turn it in
-direction of arrow- while doing so.
Installation

178 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Insert thermostat ensuring that the centring pin of thermostat


is seated in guide -arrow-.

– Install thermostat using special wrench - T10508- .


– Slightly push down special wrench - T10508- and turn it to stop
in -direction of arrow- while doing so.
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

Renew gasket.

– Moisten gasket with coolant.


– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 163 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Cover for thermostat to thermostat housing - tighten‐
ing torque”“ , page 171
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
2.5.2 Removing and installing thermostat for
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
small cooling circuit
Removing
– Remove coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .
– Remove bolts in the sequence -F … A-.
– Detach coolant pump from thermostat housing.

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 179


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Detach thermostat -2- from coolant pump -1-.


Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

Renew gasket.

– Moisten gasket with coolant.

– Fit thermostat housing onto coolant pump.


• Centring pins on thermostat must be fitted in guides -arrows-
on coolant pump.
– Tighten bolts for thermostat housing ⇒ page 171 .
– Fit the coolant pump ⇒ page 173 .
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 163 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Thermostat housing to coolant pump - tightening tor‐
que and sequence”“ , page 171

2.6 Removing and installing coolant temper‐


ature sender - G62-
Removing
• Engine cold.
– To relieve residual pressure in cooling system, open filler cap
-arrow- on coolant expansion tank briefly and then close cap
again (it should click into place).
– Unplug connector.

Note

Use cloth to catch escaping coolant.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

180 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew bolt -1- and remove coolant temperature sender -


G62- -item 2-.

Note

♦ If O-ring -3- with support ring -4- remains lodged in cylinder


head, lift out O-ring with support ring using a piece of wire.
♦ Insert new coolant temperature sender - G62- immediately in‐
to cylinder head in order to avoid loss of coolant.

Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

Renew O-ring.

– Check coolant level ⇒ page 166 .


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - coolant temperature senders”,
page 171

2.7 Removing and installing radiator outlet


coolant temperature sender - G83-
Removing
• Engine cold.
– To relieve residual pressure in cooling system, open filler cap
-arrow- on coolant expansion tank briefly and then close cap
again (it should click into place).
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior;
Protected byRep. gr.Copying
copyright. 50 ;forBody
privatefront area;purposes,
or commercial Noise ininsulation – As‐
part or in whole, is not
sembly
permitted overview:
unless . SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
authorised by
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2. Coolant pump, regulation of cooling system 181


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unplug electrical connector -2-.

Note

Use cloth to catch escaping coolant.

– Pull off retaining clip -1- and pull radiator outlet coolant tem‐
perature sender - G83- out of connection -3-.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:

Note

♦ Renew O-ring.
♦ Insert new coolant temperature sender - G62- immediately in‐
to union to avoid loss of coolant.

– Install front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation; Assembly
overview: .
– Check coolant level ⇒ page 166 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

182 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 Coolant pipes
⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - coolant pipes”, page 183
⇒ “3.2 Coolant pipes: removing and fitting”, page 183

3.1 Exploded view - coolant pipes

1 - Coolant hose
2 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Coolant pipe
4 - Coolant hose
5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Coolant hose
7 - Coolant pipe
❑ Carefully lever it out of
catches using a screw‐
driver when removing.
8 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Coolant hose
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

The arrow markings on the coolant pipes and on the ends of the
hoses must be aligned with each other.

3.2 Coolant pipes: removing and fitting


Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Coolant pipes 183


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Hose clamps up to 25 mm - 3094-

♦ Hose clip pliers - VAS 6362-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Removing

WARNING

Hot steam/hot coolant can escape - risk of scalding.


♦ The cooling system is under pressure when the engine is
hot.
♦ To allow pressure to dissipate, cover filler cap on coolant
expansion tank with cloth and open carefully.

– Open filler cap -arrow- on coolant expansion tank.


– Detach coolant hoses with clamps up to 25 mm - 3094- .

184 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release hose clips -arrows- and detach coolant hoses.


– Remove bolts -1- and -3-.
– Remove coolant pipe -2-.

– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2-.


– Remove coolant pipe -3-.
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:

Note

Secure all hose connections with hose clips corresponding to


original equipment ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .

– Check coolant level ⇒ page 166 .


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - coolant pipes”, page 183

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

3. Coolant pipes 185


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4 Coolers, radiator, radiator fan


⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - radiator/radiator fan”, page 186
⇒ “4.2 Exploded view - radiator cowl and radiator fans”,
page 187
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing radiator”, page 187
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing radiator cowl”, page 190
⇒ “4.5 Removing and installing radiator fan”, page 191

4.1 Assembly overview - radiator/radiator fan

1 - Radiator
❑ removing and installing
⇒ “4.3 Removing and in‐
stalling radiator”,
page 187
❑ After replacing, renew
coolant completely
2 - Coolant hose
❑ Protected
Lift retaining clipCopying
by copyright. for re‐for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
moval
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ Connecting
⇒ page 187
3 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
4 - Coolant hose
❑ Lift retaining clip for re‐
moval
❑ Connecting
⇒ page 187
5 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
6 - Condenser
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Heating and fresh air
system, air conditioning
system; Rep. gr. 87 ;
Components of A/C sys‐
tem - engine compart‐
ment; remove and in‐
stall condenser
7 - Top radiator bearing
❑ If the securing tabs break off, it is not necessary to renew the upper radiator mounting. The securing tabs
can be replaced by a specific bolt ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .
8 - Bottom radiator bearing

186 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Connecting coolant hose with plug-in connector


– Remove old O-ring -2- from coolant hose -3-.
– Moisten new O-ring with coolant and insert into coolant hose.
– Press coolant hose onto connection -1- until it engages audi‐
bly.
– Press again on coolant hose and check push-fit connection is
engaged correctly by pulling hose back.

4.2 Exploded view - radiator cowl and radiator fans


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
1 - Bolt
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ 5 Nm
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2 - Radiator cowl
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 190
3 - Radiator fan - V7-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 191

4.3 Removing and installing radiator


Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .

4. Coolers, radiator, radiator fan 187


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Drain coolant ⇒ page 162


– Remove radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper cover; Removing and installing
front bumper cover .
– Lift retaining clip -arrow- and disconnect coolant hose (top left)
from radiator.

– Unclip air ducts -1- on both sides from lock carrier -2-
-arrows-.
– To do this, release catches -2- in -direction of arrow-, and pull
off air ducts.

– Remove guide profile -1- on lock carrier -2-. To do this, un‐


screw bolts -3-.
– Unclip guide profile -1- on left and right from lock carrier -2-
-arrows-.
– Remove guide profile.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

188 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Press catches -1- on both sides in -direction of arrow A- to


release them.
– Pull condenser -3- upwards in -direction of arrow B-, and de‐
tach it from radiator -2-.
– Tie up condenser on lock carrier.

– Using side cutters, pinch off catches -arrows- for radiator


mountings on left and right.
– Push radiator at top slightly towards rear.

Note

The radiator mounting will be reused when reinstalling the radia‐


tor. It is to be bolted on together with the lock carrier. Bolts ⇒
ETKA (electronic parts catalogue) .

– Take off radiator.


Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ If there are minor dents in the fins, refer to respective instruc‐


tions ⇒ page 5 .
♦ Renew O-rings.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4. Coolers, radiator, radiator fan 189


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Use bolts to secure radiator mountings, whose fasteners have


been pinched off, to lock carrier -arrows-. Bolts ⇒ ETKA (elec‐
tronic parts catalogue) .
– Tighten bolts to 5 Nm.
– Install radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .
– Connect coolant hose with plug-in connector ⇒ page 187 .
– Fill up with coolant ⇒ page 166 .

Note

The coolant in the entire system must be changed if the radiator


is renewed.

Tightening torques
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - radiator/radiator fan”, page 186
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper
cover; Removing and installing front bumper cover .
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Service position

4.4 Removing and installing radiator cowl

WARNING

Danger of injury; the radiator fans can run at any time.


♦ Unplug electrical connectors before starting to work in the
area of radiator cowl.

Removing
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Release and pull off connector -1- on radiator fan.
– For this purpose, slide the locking element -arrow A- to the rear
and depress the release mechanism.
– Press left and right locking tabs for the radiator cowl
-arrow B- and -arrow A-.
– Pull radiator cowl upwards, and remove it from mountings on
radiator.
– Turn radiator cowl slightly, and remove it towards bottom.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– Install electrical wiring ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:

190 Rep. gr.19 - Cooling


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4.5 Removing and installing radiator fan


Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1410-
Removing

Note

Fit cable ties in the same place when installing.

– Remove radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .

– Unplug connector.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove radiator fan - V7- .
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; noting the following
in the process:
– Install radiator cowl ⇒ page 190 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “4.2 Exploded view - radiator cowl and radiator fans”,
page 187

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4. Coolers, radiator, radiator fan 191


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

24 – Mixture preparation - injection


1 Injection system
⇒ “1.1 Fitting location overview - injection system”, page 192
⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - fuel system”, page 196

1.1 Fitting location overview - injection system


Overview of fitting locations on engine (from above)

1 - Camshaft control valve 1 -


N205-
❑ Assembly overview
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
⇒ page 79 respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 131
2 - Ignition coils with output
stages
♦ Ignition coil 1 with output
stage - N70-
♦ Ignition coil 2 with output
stage - N127-
♦ Ignition coil 3 with output
stage - N291-
♦ Ignition coil 4 with output
stage - N292-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 229
3 - Lambda probe 1 before cat‐
alytic converter - GX10-
❑ Lambda probe - G39-
and Lambda probe
heater - Z19-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 214
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 214
4 - Lambda probe 1 after cata‐
lytic converter - GX7-
❑ Lambda probe after cat‐
alytic converter - G130-
and Heater for lambda probe 1, after the catalytic converter - Z29-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 214
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 214
5 - Hall sender - G40-
❑ Camshaft position sensor
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 232
6 - Engine control unit - J623-
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 216

192 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

7 - Radiator outlet coolant temperature sender - G83-


❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 171
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 181
8 - Intake manifold sender - GX9-
❑ Consists of intake air temperature sender - G299- and intake manifold pressure sender - G71-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 213
❑ ⇒ page 213
9 - Throttle valve control mechanism - GX3-
❑ with throttle valve drive - G186- , angle sensor 1 for throttle valve drive - G187- and angle sensor 2 for
throttle valve drive - G188-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 200
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 203
❑ Cleaning ⇒ page 204
10 - Injectors
♦ Cylinder 1 injector - N30-
♦ Cylinder 2 injector - N31-
♦ Cylinder 3 injector - N32-
♦ Cylinder 4 injector - N33-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 205
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 208
❑ Injectors: verification ⇒ page 208
❑ Cleaning injectors ⇒ page 211
11 - Activated charcoal filter solenoid valve 1 - N80-

Overview of fitting locations - intake side

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Injection system 193


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Knock sensor 1 - G61-


❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 231
2 - Oil pressure switch - F1-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 156
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 156
3 - Activated charcoal filter sol‐
enoid valve 1 - N80-
❑ ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 ; Activa‐
ted charcoal filter sys‐
tem; Checking fuel tank
ventilation
4 - Injectors
♦ Cylinder 1 injector - N30-
♦ Cylinder 2 injector - N31-
♦ Cylinder 3 injector - N32-
♦ Cylinder 4 injector - N33-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 205
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 208
❑ Injectors: verification
⇒ page 208
❑ Cleaning injectors
⇒ page 211
5 - Hall sender - G40-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 232
6 - Intake manifold sender - GX9-
❑ Consists of intake manifold pressure sender - G71- and intake air temperature sender - G42-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 200
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 213
7 - Engine speed sender - G28-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 233

Overview of fitting locations – exhaust side


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

194 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1 - Lambda probe 1 after cata‐


lytic converter - GX7-
❑ Consists of Lambda
probe after catalytic
converter - G130- and
Lambda probe heater 1
after catalytic converter
- Z29-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 214
2 - Coolant temperature send‐
er - G62-
❑ Assembly overview -
⇒ page 171 .
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 180
3 - Ignition coils with output
stages
♦ Ignition coil 1 with output
stage - N70-
♦ Ignition coil 2 with output
stage - N127-
♦ Ignition coil 3 with output
stage - N291-
♦ Ignition coil 4 with output
stage - N292-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 229
4 - Lambda probe 1 before cat‐
alytic converter - GX10-

❑ Consists of Lambda
probe - G39- and Lambda probe heater - Z19-
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 214

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Injection system 195


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

1.2 Assembly overview - fuel system

1 - Air filter
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 198
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 198
2 - Coolant temperature send‐
er - G62-
❑ Assembly overview -
⇒ page 171 .
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 180
3 - Lambda probe 1 after cata‐
lytic converter - GX7-
❑ Consists of Lambda
probe after catalytic
converter - G130- and
Lambda probe heater 1
after catalytic converter
- Z29-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 214
4 - Engine control unit - J623-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 216
5 - Intake manifold
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 200
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 201
6 - Intake manifold sender -
GX9-
❑ Consists of intake mani‐
fold pressure sender -
G71- and intake air tem‐
perature sender - G42-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 200
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 213
7 - Throttle valve control mechanism - GX3-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 200
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 203
❑ Cleaning ⇒ page 204
8 - Knock sensor 1 - G61-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 228
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 231
9 - Fuel Protected
rail withby injection valves
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Cylinder respect
1 injector - N30- of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
to the correctness

♦ Cylinder 2 injector - N31-


♦ Cylinder 3 injector - N32-
♦ Cylinder 4 injector - N33-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 205

196 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

❑ Fuel rail: removing and fitting ⇒ page 205 .


❑ Remove and fit the injectors ⇒ page 208
❑ Injectors: verification ⇒ page 208
❑ Cleaning injectors ⇒ page 211
10 - Oil pressure switch - F1-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 156
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 156
11 - Lambda probe 1 before catalytic converter - GX10-

❑ Consists of Lambda probe - G39- and Lambda probe heater - Z19-


❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 214

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Injection system 197


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Air filter
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing air filter housing”, page 198

2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing

1 - Lower part of air duct


❑ On lock carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Cover
❑ For air duct
4 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
5 - Rubber bearing
❑ Ensure proper seating
6 - Air filter lower part
❑ Remove any mechani‐
cal soiling
7 - Air filter element
❑ Change intervals ⇒
Maintenance tables
8 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Flexible hose
❑ For crankcase ventila‐
tion.
10 - Top part of air cleaner
11 - Oil seal
❑ Ensure proper seating
12 - Hose clip
13 - Cowling
14 - Upper part for air duct
❑ On lock carrier
15 - O-ring
❑ Replace if damaged
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
16 - Water drainrespect
hoseto the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ Clean

2.2 Removing and installing air filter hous‐


ing
Remove the air filter housing
– Pull off hose -2-.

198 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release hose clip -3-, and remove air hose.


– Pull air filter housing -1- upwards off ball studs, and remove it.
Removing air duct
– Release hose clip -1-, and remove air hose.

– Remove bolt -2- on both sides.


– Unclip air duct at lock carrier and detach.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ If the air filter element is very dirty or wet, dirt or water could
reach components and affect the measured values. This
would lead to loss of power, since a smaller injection quantity
is calculated.
♦ The air filter housings should be clean.
♦ Hose unions and air intake pipes/hoses must be free of oil and
grease when installing.
♦ Use a silicone-free lubricant to install the air hoses.
♦ Secure all hose connections with hose clips corresponding to
original equipment ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .
♦ When using compressed air to blow out the air filter housing,
cover the critical air-carrying components, such as air pipes,
with a clean cloth. This is to avoid any functional impairments.
♦ Please observe requirements for disposal.

– Extract mechanical soiling


Protected from upper
by copyright. and
Copying for lower
private part ofpurposes,
or commercial air fil‐ in part or in whole, is not
ter housing. permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Blow out water drain with compressed air.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

2. Air filter 199


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3 Intake manifold
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200
⇒ “3.2 Remove and install the inlet manifold”, page 201
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing throttle valve module GX3 ”, page
203
⇒ “3.4 Throttle valve module GX3 : clean”, page 204

3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold

1 - Throttle valve control mech‐


anism - J338-
❑ Cleaning ⇒ page 204
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 203
❑ If renewed, clear pro‐
grammed values and
adapt engine control
unit - J623- ⇒ Vehicle di‐
agnostic tester
2 - Bolt Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ 7 Nm respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ 4x
3 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm
4 - Fuel rail with injection
valves
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 205
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 205
5 - Oil seal
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
6 - Intake manifold
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 201
7 - Oil seal
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
8 - Oil seal
❑ Must be renewed if re‐
moved
9 - Intake manifold pressure sender - G71- with intake air temperature sender - G42-
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 213
❑ Repair solution for missing locking tab ⇒ page 213
10 - Bolt
♦ Starting in centre, screw in bolt alternately towards outside as far as stop
♦ Starting in centre, tighten bolt alternately towards outside to specified torque
❑ 10 Nm

200 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

11 - Oil seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed

3.2 Remove and install the inlet manifold


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Socket Torx T 30 - T10405-

Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page
permitted unless 4 by
authorised . SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Detach wiring harness from bottom of intake manifold
-arrow-.
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .

3. Intake manifold 201


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release securing mechanism of plug-in connector -arrow-,


and pull vacuum line -2- off intake manifold -1-.

– Release and pull off connector for injectors -1-.


– Release and pull off connector -2- for throttle valve module -
J338- .
– Release and pull off connector -3- for intake manifold sender
- GX9- .
– Release and pull off connector -4- of activated charcoal filter
solenoid valve 1 - N80- .
– Unclip breather line from retainer -arrow-.
– Unclip activated charcoal filter solenoid valve 1 - N80- from
intake manifold.
– Carefully pull breather line to intake manifold off activated
charcoal filter solenoid valve 1 - N80- .
– Remove fuel rail together with injectors and lay to side
⇒ page 205 .

Note

♦ The fuel line does not need to be disconnected.


♦ Do not remove injectors from fuel rail.

– Pull wiring harness -1- off intake manifold -arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

202 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Screws out bolts -arrows-.


– Remove intake manifold -1-.
If intake manifold is to be renewed, remove throttle valve module
- J338- ⇒ page 203 .
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– Ensure proper seating of seals.

Note

Renew gaskets and O-rings.

– Install noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐


terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview:
Protected by . for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
copyright. Copying
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Install air tocleaner
respect housing
the correctness ⇒ page
of information in this198 . Copyright by SEAT S.A.
document.

Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200 .
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors”, page 205
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:

3.3 Removing and installing throttle valve


module - GX3-
Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Release push-fit connector -2- and pull off.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove throttle valve module -
J338- -1-.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– After throttle valve module - J338- has been renewed, it must
be readapted to engine control unit - J623- ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

3. Intake manifold 203


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

3.4 Throttle valve module - GX3- : clean

Note

♦ If a new engine control unit - J623- has been fitted, the throttle
control unit must be adapted.
♦ Dirt or carbon deposits at the stop may cause wrong adaption
values.
♦ Do not scratch the throat of the throttle valve when cleaning.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Acetone (commercially available)
♦ Brush
Operation process
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove throttle valve module - GX3- ⇒ page 203 .
– Open throttle valve by hand and lock it in open position with a
wedge (plastic or wood) -arrow-.

WARNING

Acetone is highly inflammable.


♦ Observe accident prevention regulations and safety notes
when handling highly inflammable fluids.
♦ Do not clean thebythrottle
Protected valve for
copyright. Copying using
privatecompressed air. in part or in whole, is not
or commercial purposes,
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Wear eye protection
respect to theand protective
correctness clothing
of information to avoid
in this document. inju‐ by SEAT S.A.
Copyright
ries and skin contact.

– Clean throttle valve housing thoroughly, especially around the


points -arrows- where the throttle valve closes, using com‐
mercially available acetone and a small brush.
– Wipe the throttle valve support with a non-fluffy cloth.
– Allow the acetone to dry completely.
– Install throttle valve module - GX3- ⇒ page 203 .
– Delete programmed values, and adapt engine control unit -
J623- to throttle valve module - GX3- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

204 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4 Injectors
⇒ “4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors”, page 205
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing fuel rail”, page 205
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing injectors”, page 208
⇒ “4.4 Checking injectors”, page 208
⇒ “4.5 Cleaning injectors”, page 211

4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors

1 - Delivery line
❑ From fuel delivery unit
❑ Black, with white mark
❑ secure with spring strap
clamps
❑ Check for secure seat‐
ing.
2 - Fuel rail with injection
valves
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 205
❑ Check injectors for
leaks and quantity injec‐
ted ⇒ page 208
3 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm
4 - Injector
❑ Cylinder 1 injector -
N30-
❑ Cylinder 2 injector -
N31-
❑ Cylinder 3 injector -
N32-
❑ Cylinder 4 injector -
N33-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 208
❑ Check injectors for
leaks and quantity injec‐
ted ⇒ page 208
5 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if re‐Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
moved permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ before fitting moisten lightly with clean engine oil
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

6 - Retaining clip
❑ check tightness on the injection valve and fuel distributor

4.2 Removing and installing fuel rail


Special tools and workshop equipment required

4. Injectors 205
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Socket Torx T 30 - T10405-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Release and pull off connector for injectors -1-.

206 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release fuel supply line -1- and pull it off. Disconnect quick-
release couplings ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 ; Opening quick-release
couplings .

WARNING

The fuel line is under pressure.


Risk of injury to eyes and skin from fuel.
Use protective goggles and clothing to prevent injuries and
contact with the skin. Before loosening hose connections, wrap
a cloth around the connection. Then release pressure by care‐
fully loosening the connection.

– Open clamp for fuel supply line on coolant expansion tank


-2-, and remove fuel supply line.

– Open clamp for fuel supply line -3- on upper toothed belt guard
-1-, and remove fuel supply line.
– Seal line so that fuel system is not contaminated by dirt.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- from intake manifold.


– Pull fuel rail -1- with injectors out of intake manifold.
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:
– Renew seals.
– Before installing, lightly coat seals with clean engine oil.
– Ensure proper seating of seals.
– Firmly press down fuel rail in area of fastener, and screw in
bolts by two full turns.
– Tighten bolts evenly and diagonally.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors”, page 205

4. Injectors 207
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

4.3 Removing and installing injectors


Removing
– Install fuel rail ⇒ page 205 .
– Carefully remove retaining clip -4- of injector to be removed in
-direction of arrow A-.
– Pull off injector on fuel rail -1- in -direction of arrow B-.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– Renew seals -3-.
– Before installing, lightly coat seals with clean engine oil.
– Ensure proper seating of seals.
– Ensure proper seating of injectors -2- inpermitted
fuel rail -1-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Ensure proper seating and installation position of retaining
clips -4-.
– Installing fuel rail ⇒ page 205 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Exploded view: fuel rail with injectors”, page 205

4.4 Checking injectors


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Remote control for V.A.G 1348 - V.A.G 1348/3A-

♦ Adapter cable - V.A.G 1348/3-2-

208 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Measuring tool set , e.g. -V.A.G 1594 C-

♦ Injection rate tester - V.A.G 1602-

♦ Adapter - VAS 5565-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Test prerequisites
• The fuel hoses remain connected.
• Injectors are not being removed from fuel rail.
• Fuel pressure OK ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 ; Fuel pump; Checking fuel
pressure .
• Engine and fuel temperature approx. 20 °C
• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V, if necessary con‐
nect a battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Charging battery .
Checking process:
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove fuel rail together with injectors ⇒ page 205 .

4. Injectors 209
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Remove 4 measuring glasses from injection rate tester - V.A.G


1602- .
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
key.
– Unclip cover -1- for flange at retaining tabs -arrows-, using re‐
moval wedge - 3409- .

– Clip sealing grommet -1- downwards from cover -2-.


– Guide cover -2- along wiring harness -3- backwards.

– Release and pull off connector -2- on flange of fuel delivery


unit.

– Connect adapter - VAS 5565- to fuel delivery unit -1-.


– Connect remote
Protected control
by copyright. - V.A.G
Copying 1348/3A-
for private to purposes,
or commercial adapterin -part or in whole, is not
VAS 5565- and to battery positive terminal in engine compart‐
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
ment.
– Using auxiliary cable -3- from auxiliary measuring set , e.g. -
V.A.G 1594 C- , connect connection -5- (yellow) on adapter -
VAS 5565- to battery negative terminal clamp.

Note

The following operation is to make the fuel pump run when the
engine is stopped.

Checking Injection quantity

210 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Connect a contact of injector to be checked to engine earth


using auxiliary cables from auxiliary measuring set - V.A.G
1594C- .
– Connect second injector contact with adapter cable - V.A.G
1348/3-2- to remote control for V.A.G 1348 - V.A.G 1348/3A- .
– Connect crocodile clip to positive battery pole in engine com‐
partment.
– Place a measuring glass of injection rate tester - V.A.G 1602-
under injector to be checked.
– Activate fuel delivery unit.
– Operate remote control for V.A.G. 1348 - V.A.G 1348/3A- for
30 seconds to activate the injector to be checked.
– Switch off fuel pump.
– Repeat the check on all other injectors.
– After all injectors have been activated, place measuring
glasses on a level surface and compare the fuel quantity in‐
jected.
The specification is 84…99 ml per injector.
If the measured values of one or more injectors lie above or below
the prescribed specifications:
– Renew defective injector ⇒ page 208 .
Leakage test
– Place measuring glasses of injection rate tester - V.A.G 1602-
under injectors.
– Activate fuel delivery unit.
No more than 2 drops/min may trickle out.
– Switch off fuel pump.
If the fuel loss is greater:
– Renew defective injector ⇒ page 208 .
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:
– Replace the O-rings on all the injectors and moisten lightly with
clean engine oil.
– Fit fuel rail with secured injectors onto intake manifold and
tighten evenly ⇒ page 205 .

4.5 Cleaning injectors


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ultrasonic cleaning apparatus - VAS 6418-
♦ Injection module holder - VAS 6418/1-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Cleaning fluid ⇒ Electronic partsrespect
catalogue
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

4. Injectors 211
Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Note

♦ The cleaning fluid level should be at the top edge of the holes
(see enlarged cut-out).
♦ Observe ultrasonic unit safety regulations and operating in‐
structions.

Clean
– Remove the injectors ⇒ page 208 .
– Insert injectors -1- all the way into mounting plate for injection
modules - VAS 6418/1- -item 2-.
– Immerse injectors together with mounting plate for injection
modules - VAS 6418/1- into cleaning fluid - VAS 6418/2- .
– Set rotary knob -4- to a temperature of 50°C.
– Select a cleaning time of 30 minutes with rotary knob -5-.
– Switch on ultrasonic unit with button -3-.

Note

The time set starts to elapse as soon as a cleaning temperature


of 50°C has been reached.

– After cleaning, renew combustion chamber ring seal for each


injector ⇒ page 208 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

212 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

5 Senders and sensors


⇒ “5.1 Remove and install intake manifold sender GX9 ”,
page 213

5.1 Remove and install intake manifold


sender - GX9-
Intake manifold sender - GX9- is comprised of:
♦ Intake air temperature sender 2 - G299-
♦ Intake manifold pressure sender - G71-
Removing
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Release and disconnect connector from intake manifold pres‐
sure sender - G71- with intake air temperature sender - G42-
-2-.
– Unlock locking tab -arrow- in order to remove intake manifold
pressure sender - G71- with intake air temperature sender -
G42- -2-.

Note

The intake manifold pressure sender - G71- with intake air tem‐
perature sender - G42- -2- may also be bolted to intake manifold
-1-. In this case unscrew the bolts from holes -3-.

Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note

♦ Renew O-ring.
♦ If the retaining tabs broke off during removal, the sender can
be secured using two securing bolts as per ⇒ Electronic Parts
Catalogue ⇒ page 213 .

Torque
Part Tightening torque
Intake manifold sender - GX9- 3 Nm
– Install air cleaner housing ⇒ page 198 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

5. Senders and sensors 213


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

6 Lambda probe
⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - Lambda probe”, page 214
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing lambda probe 1 before catalytic
converter GX10 / lambda probe 1 after catalytic converter GX7 ”,
page 214

6.1 Assembly overview - Lambda probe

Note

♦ New Lambda probes are coated with an assembly paste. The paste must not get into the slots on the probe
body.
♦ In the case of a used Lambda probe grease only the thread with high-temperature paste. The paste must
not get into the slots on the probe body. High-temperature paste ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
♦ When re-installing the electric wire of the Lambda probe,, it is important that these are connected to the
same locations. Contact of the electric wires with the exhaust pipe must be prevented in all cases.

1 - For Lambda probe after cat‐


alytic converter - G130- with
Heater for lambda probe 1, af‐
ter catalytic converter - Z29-
❑ removing and installing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ page 214 permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
❑ 55 Nm respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

2 - Electrical connector
❑ For Lambda probe -
G39- with Lambda
probe heater - Z19-
3 - Electrical connector
❑ For the Lambda probe
after catalytic converter
- G130- and Heater for
lambda probe 1, after
catalytic converter -
Z29-
4 - Lambda probe - G39- with
lambda probe heater - Z19-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 214
❑ 55 Nm

6.2 Removing and installing lambda probe 1


before catalytic converter - GX10- /

214 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

lambda probe 1 after catalytic converter


- GX7-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lambda probe open ring spanner set - 3337-

Removing
– Unplug corresponding electrical connector:
1- for lambda probe downstream of catalytic converter - G130-
and heater of lambda probe 1 downstream of catalytic con‐
verter - Z29-
2- for lambda probe - G39- and heating for lambda probe - Z19-

– Unscrew corresponding Lambda probe using a spanner from


Lambda probe open ring spanner set - 3337- .
1- Lambda probe after catalytic converter - G130-
2- Lambda probe - G39-
Installation
The remaining installation is carried out in the reverse order; note
the following:

Note

♦ New Lambda probes are coated with an assembly paste. The


paste must not get into the slots on the probe body.
♦ In the case of a used Lambda probe grease only the thread
with high-temperature paste. The paste must not get into the
slots on the probe body. High-temperature paste
Protected by copyright. Copying⇒forElectronic
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Parts Catalogue “ETKA” permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ When re-installing the electric wire of the Lambda probe,, it is


important that these are connected to the same locations.
Contact of the electric wires with the exhaust pipe must be
prevented in all cases.

Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - Lambda probe”, page 214

6. Lambda probe 215


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

7 Engine control unit


⇒ “7.1 Removing and installing engine control unit J623 ”,
page 216
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing engine control unit J623 with pro‐
tective housing”, page 217

7.1 Removing and installing engine control


unit - J623-
Only if engine control unit is to be renewed:
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Select operating mode Guided functions .
– Carry out guided function Renew control unit .
Removing
– Switch off ignition.

Caution

If the engine control unit comes into contact with the positive
battery terminal, permanent damage to the engine control unit
will be the consequence.
Therefore, the battery must be disconnected before the engine
control unit is removed ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Bat‐
tery; Disconnecting and connecting battery .

– Release connectors from engine control unit -arrow- and pull


off.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

216 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Press clips -arrows A- outwards and pull engine control unit


out to side -B-.
Installation
– Insert new engine control unit and press it to left.
– Connect connectors and lock.
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Read event memory and rectify any faults.
– Erase event memory.
– Test-drive vehicle.
– Interrogate event memory again.
If engine control has been renewed:
Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Dis‐
connecting and connecting battery .
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Select operating mode Guided functions .
– Carry out guided function Renew engine control unit .

7.2 Removing and installing engine control


unit - J623- with protective housing
Only if engine control unit is to be renewed:
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Select operating mode Guided functions .
– Carry out guided function Renew control unit .
Removing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
– Switch offto ignition.
respect the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Caution

If the engine control unit comes into contact with the positive
battery terminal, permanent damage to the engine control unit
will be the consequence.
Therefore, the battery must be disconnected before the engine
control unit is removed ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Bat‐
tery; Disconnecting and connecting battery .

– Open line guide -1- and raise catch -2-.


– Remove engine control unit from its bracket.

7. Engine control unit 217


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew shear-head bolt -1- using a pair of pliers.


– Turn engine control unit -2- around and also unscrew second
shear-head bolt using a pair of pliers.

– Pull bracket -1- and protective housing -2- off engine control
unit -3- in -direction of arrow-.
– Release connector from engine control unit and pull off.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– Attach and lock connectors.
– Push protective housing over engine control unit.
– Install protective housing bracket with new shear bolts.
– Clean threaded holes for shear bolts to remove any residue
from locking fluid. Use a thread tap to clean.
– Evenly tighten shear-head bolts until bolt heads shear off.

– Insert engine control unit into mounting bracket on plenum


chamber bulkhead until it audibly engages in catch -1-.
– Press line into line guide -1- and seal.
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Read event memory Protected
and rectify any faults.
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Erase event memory.
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Test-drive vehicle.
– Interrogate event memory again.
If engine control has been renewed:
Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Dis‐
connecting and connecting battery .
– Connect the Vehicle diagnostics system .
– Select operating mode Guided functions .
– Carry out guided function Renew engine control unit .

218 Rep. gr.24 - Mixture preparation - injection


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

26 – Exhaust system
1 Exhaust pipes/silencer
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - silencers”, page 219
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing silencer”, page 220
⇒ “1.3 Disconnecting exhaust pipes/silencers”, page 221
⇒ “1.4 Stress-free alignment of exhaust system”, page 222
⇒ “1.5 Inspecting the exhaust system for leak tightness”,
page 223

1.1 Assembly overview - silencers

1 - Suspension
❑ Replace if damaged
2 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ 2x
3 - Secondary silencer
❑ Factory silencer execu‐
ted with centre as a
component. In case of
repair individually re‐
placeable
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 220
❑ Separating exhaust
pipes/silencers
⇒ page 221
❑ Align exhaust system so
it is free of stress
⇒ page 222 .
4 - Suspension
❑ Replace if damaged
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
5 - The middle silencer
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
❑ Centre silencer and rear
silencer are one unit as
original equipment. Can
be renewed separately
for repair purposes
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 220
❑ Separating exhaust
pipes/silencers
⇒ page 221
❑ Align exhaust system so
it is free of stress
⇒ page 222 .
6 - Attachment bush
❑ Align exhaust system so it is free of stress before tightening clamp ⇒ page 222
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 220
❑ Tighten bolt connections evenly
❑ 23 Nm

1. Exhaust pipes/silencer 219


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

7 - Suspension
❑ Replace if damaged

Installation position of rear clamp


– Fit clamp in position shown.
• Angle -α- = approx. 20°.
• Bolt connections face to rear.
• Nuts facing upwards

1.2 Removing and installing silencer


Removing
– Remove the exhaust system ⇒ page 221
The middle silencer
– Loosen clamp -arrow- and push to rear.

– Unscrew bolts -2- to remove bracket -4-.


– Remove middle silencer -5-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

220 Rep. gr.26 - Exhaust system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Secondary silencer
– Remove brackets -1- and -2-.
– For this purpose unscrew bolts -2-.
– Guide out rear silencer -3- between rear axle and body.
Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:
– Aligning exhaust system free of stress ⇒ page 222 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - silencers”, page 219
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - emission control system”, page 224

1.3 Disconnecting exhaust pipes/silencers


♦ The connecting pipe can be cut through at the cutting location
in order to renew the centre and rear silencers separately.
♦ The cutting point is marked on the exhaust tube.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Chain pipe cutter - VAS 6254-

Operation process
– Cut through the exhaust pipe at a right angle at the position
marked -arrow- using chain pipe cutter - VAS 6254- .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Exhaust pipes/silencer 221


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Position clamp centrally at side marks -arrows- when instal‐


ling.
– Fit rear clamp ⇒ page 220 .
– Aligning exhaust system free of stress ⇒ page 222 .

1.4 Stress-free alignment of exhaust system


⇒ “1.4.1 Stress-free alignment of exhaust system”, page 222
⇒ “1.4.2 Aligning tailpipes”, page 222

1.4.1 Stress-free alignment of exhaust system


Operation process
• The exhaust system must be installed cold.

Note

The -arrow- points forwards.

– Loosen bolt connections for front clamp -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

– Push exhaust system towards front of vehicle until preloading


at mounting for exhaust pipe -a- = 5 mm.
– Fit front clamp ⇒ page 225 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - emission control system”, page 224

1.4.2 Aligning tailpipes


Operation process
– Align rear silencer so that there is an even distance between
bumper cut-out and tailpipes.

222 Rep. gr.26 - Exhaust system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen rear silencer mounting to align tailpipe.

1.5 Inspecting the exhaust system for leak


tightness
Operation process
– Start engine and run at idling speed.
– Plug tailpipes during leak test (e.g. with cloth or plug).
– Listen for noise at the connection points of cylinder head/ex‐
haust manifold, turbocharger/front exhaust pipe etc. to locate
any leaks.
– Rectify any leaks that are found.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Exhaust pipes/silencer 223


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

2 Emission control system


⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - emission control system”, page 224
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing catalytic converter”, page 225

2.1 Exploded view - emission control system

1 - Attachment bush
❑ Align exhaust system so
it is free of stress before
tightening clamp
⇒ page 222
❑ Mounting position and
specified torque
⇒ page 225
❑ Tighten bolted connec‐
tions evenly
2 - Front exhaust pipe with cat‐
alytic converter
❑ Do not bend decoupling
element more than 10°.
It may be damaged
❑ Install decoupling ele‐by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Protected
ment so that permitted
it is notunless
un‐authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
der tension. respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

❑ Take care not to dam‐


age wire mesh on de‐
coupling element.
❑ Protect catalytic con‐
verter from damage by
knocks and impact
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 225
❑ Do not remove protec‐
tive packaging from re‐
placement part until you
are ready to fit the flexi‐
ble joint
❑ Align exhaust system so
it is free of stress
⇒ page 222 .
3 - Nuts
❑ Specified torques and
installation sequence ⇒ page 225 .
4 - Seal
❑ Must be renewed if removed
5 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 225 .
6 - Support
❑ Replace if damaged
7 - Nuts
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 225 .
8 - Retaining rubbers
❑ Replace if damaged

224 Rep. gr.26 - Exhaust system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Installation position of front clamp


– Fit clamp in position shown.
• Angle -α- = approx. 20°.
• Bolted connection facing towards right
• Nuts facing upwards

Installing front exhaust pipe - specified torque and tightening se‐


quence
1. Fit front exhaust
– pipe onto
studs on cylinder head and at
the same time into brackets
2. Screw in nuts– -1-, nuts -3- and • It should still be
bolts -2- loosely by hand possible to move
front exhaust pipe
and bracket

3. Tighten
– nuts -1-. 20 Nm
4. Tighten
– nuts -3-. 20 Nm
5. Tighten bolts
– -2- for securing 20 Nm
brackets to cylinder head.

2.2 Removing and installing catalytic con‐


verter
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

Note

The catalytic converter is removed together with the front exhaust


pipe.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ High-temperature paste ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
Removing

Note

All cable ties must be secured again in the same position on in‐
stallation.

2. Emission control system 225


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release and pull off electrical connectors -1- and -2-.


– Remove connectors from retainers.
– Unclip wires from retainers, and lay them to one side.
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
– Remove tunnel cross-piece ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Tunnel cross-piece; Assembly
overview: .

– Unscrew nuts -1- for securing front exhaust pipe to cylinder


head.
– Unscrew nuts -3- for securing front exhaust pipe to brackets.
– Unscrew bolts -2- for securing brackets to cylinder head.
– Pull front exhaust pipe off studs on cylinder head.
– Detach exhaust hangers -3- in -direction of arrow- from sub‐
frame -2-.

– Lower exhaust system -1- until it rests on subframe -2-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

226 Rep. gr.26 - Exhaust system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Loosen clamp -arrow- and push to rear.

Note

♦ The flexible joint in the front exhaust pipe must not be bent
more than 10° - otherwise it can be damaged.
♦ Do not bend flexible joint by pulling.
♦ Do not damage wire mesh of flexible joint.

– Remove front exhaust pipe towards rear.


Installation
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. The following
should be taken into account:

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
♦ Renew gasket and self-locking nuts.
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

♦ Coat studs and bolts of front exhaust pipe with high-tempera‐


ture paste ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .

– Aligning exhaust system free of stress ⇒ page 222 .


Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Installing front exhaust pipe - specified torque and
tightening sequence”“ , page 225
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - emission control system”, page 224
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Floor panel; Assembly overview:
♦ ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front
area; Noise insulation; Assembly overview:

2. Emission control system 227


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

28 – Ignition system
1 Ignition system
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
⇒ “1.2 Spark plug test data”, page 229
⇒ “1.3 Ignition coils with output stage: removing and fitting”, page
229
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing knock sensor”, page 231
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing Hall sender”, page 232
⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing engine speed sender G28 ”, page
233

1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system

1 - Bolt
❑ Tightening torque influ‐
ences functions of
knock sensor
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Knock sensor 1 - G61-
❑ removing and installing
⇒ page 231
3 - Spark plug
❑ use spark plug wrench
e.g. -3122 B- for remov‐
ing and installing
❑ Change interval ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet
❑ Note part numbers ⇒
Electronic Parts Cata‐
logue “ETKA”
❑ Test data ⇒ page 229
❑ 22 Nm
4 - Ignition coil with output
stage and spark plug connec‐
tors Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
Note

Ignition coil with output stage and


spark plug connectors are available
individually for repairs ⇒ ETKA
(Electronic Parts Catalogue

♦ Ignition coil 1 with output


stage - N70-
♦ Ignition coil 2 with output
stage - N127-
♦ Ignition coil 3 with output stage - N291-
♦ Ignition coil 4 with output stage - N292-
❑ To remove, use puller - T10530- .
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 229

228 Rep. gr.28 - Ignition system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Hall sender - G40-
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 232
8 - O-ring
❑ Must be renewed if removed
9 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
10 - Engine speed sender - G28-
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 233
11 - Sealing flange on gearbox end
❑ removing and installing ⇒ page 58
12 - Sender wheel
❑ for engine speed sender - G28-
❑ Cannot be removed separately, only together with the sealing flange -item 11-
13 - Bolt
❑ Specified torques and installation sequence ⇒ page 53 .
14 - Bolt
❑ Must be renewed if removed
❑ Tightening torques and tightening sequence ⇒ page 142

1.2 Spark plug test data


Engine identification characters CWVA
Order of starting 1-3-4-2
Spark plugs
VW part number 1) 04C.905.616
Electrodepermitted
gap unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial 0,65inorpart
purposes, ...accept
0.75 mmis not
or in whole,
any liability with
Tightening torque 22byNm
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright SEAT S.A.

Change interval ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet ; Service table

1) Current spark plugs ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue (ETKA)

1.3 Ignition coils with output stage: remov‐


ing and fitting
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Ignition system 229


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

♦ Extractor - T10530-

Note

♦ The ignition coils are easier to remove when the engine is


warm. The grease added during installation of the ignition coils
makes it easier to remove them and the ignition plug connec‐
tors when the engine is warm.
♦ Ignition coils with output stage and spark plug connectors are
available individually for repairs ⇒ ETKA (Electronic Parts
Catalogue

Removing
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .
– Pull out the plug -2-.
– Screw out bolt -1-.

– Push puller -T10530- into hole in ignition coil -1- to stop.


– Tighten nut -2- in -direction of arrow- so that puller -T10530-
is securely seated in hole of ignition coil.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

230 Rep. gr.28 - Ignition system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Using puller -T10530- , pull ignition coil in -direction of arrow-


out of camshaft housing.
– Loosen nut of puller -T10530- , and remove puller from hole
in ignition coil.
– Using puller -T10530- , pull remaining ignition coils one after
the other out of camshaft housing.

Note

♦ Ignition coil with output stage and spark plug connectors are
available individually for repairs ⇒ ETKA (Electronic Parts
Catalogue
♦ The spark plug connectors are removed from the ignition coils
by hand.

Installation
The remaining installation
Protected by is carried
copyright. Copying for private out in the reverse
or commercial purposes, inorder;
part or in note
whole, is not
the following:
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
– Fit spark plug connector -1- by hand onto ignition coil as far as
stop

The vent drilling -2- must be centred relative to connector housing


-3- while doing so.
– Insert ignition coils loosely into spark plug recess.
– Align ignition coils so that securing bolt can be screwed in.
– Press ignition coils onto spark plugs by hand evenly (do not
use tool).
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

1.4 Removing and installing knock sensor


Knock sensor 1 - G61-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ratchet wrench 13 mm - T10384-

1. Ignition system 231


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

Removing
– Observe safety instructions ⇒ page 2 .
– Observe rules for cleanliness ⇒ page 4 .
– Observe repair instructions ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove noise insulation elements ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body front area; Noise insulation – As‐
sembly overview: .
Vehicles with air conditioning compressor:
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ page 43 .
– Release and pull off connector -1- on air conditioner compres‐
sor regulating valve - N280- .

WARNING

Risk of injury caused by refrigerant.


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant
respect to the correctness lines
of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.
and hoses.
♦ The air conditioning refrigerant circuit must not be opened.
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove bolts -arrows- for air conditioner compressor.


– Remove air conditioner compressor with refrigerant lines con‐
nected, and tie it up towards outside.

All vehicles (continued):

– Release connector -2- and unplug.


– Unscrew bolt -arrow- and remove knock sensor 1 - G61- -1-
from engine.
Installation
For fitting, the operations are carried out in reverse order to the
removal, taking the following into account:
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ Heating and fresh air system, air conditioning system; Rep.
gr. 87 ; Components of the air conditioning system – Engine
compartment; Removing and installing compressor
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - poly V-belt drive”, page 38

1.5 Removing and installing Hall sender


Hall sender - G40-
Removing
– Remove the air filter housing ⇒ page 198 .

232 Rep. gr.28 - Ignition system


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Release connector -2- and unplug.


– Remove bolt -arrow-.
– Remove Hall sender - G40- -1-.
Installation
– Installation is carried out in the reverse order.
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - air filter housing”, page 198

1.6 Removing and installing engine speed


sender - G28-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket SW 4 - T10370-

Removing
– Remove intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .
– Release connector -1- and unplug.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

1. Ignition system 233


Toledo 2013 ➤
4-cylinder petrol engine (1.6 l MPI, 4 V) - Edition 09.2015

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- using socket - T10370- .


– Pull out engine speed sender - G28- -1-.
Installation

Caution

Carefully insert the engine speed sender - G28- into the hole.
This will prevent the engine speed sender - G28- from falling
between engine and gearbox.

– Installation is carried out in the reverse order.


– Installing intake manifold ⇒ page 201 .
Tightening torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - ignition system”, page 228
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - intake manifold”, page 200

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by SEAT S.A. SEAT S.A does not guarantee or accept any liability with
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by SEAT S.A.

234 Rep. gr.28 - Ignition system

You might also like